Attached files

file filename
EX-31.1 - EXHIBIT 31.1 SECTION 302 CERTIFICATION - Wellness Center USA, Inc.f10k093015_ex31z1.htm
EX-32.1 - EXHIBIT 32.1 SECTION 906 CERTIFICATION - Wellness Center USA, Inc.f10k093015_ex32z1.htm
EX-21.1 - EXHIBIT 21.1 SUBSIDIARIES - Wellness Center USA, Inc.f10k093015_ex21z1.htm


UNITED STATES 

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549


FORM 10-K


(Mark One)

 

  X .

ANNUAL REPORT UNDER SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934


For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2015


      .

TRANSITION REPORT UNDER SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

For the transition period from ___________ to ___________

 

WELLNESS CENTER USA, INC.

(Name of small business issuer in its charter)

 

NEVADA

 

333-173216

 

27-2980395

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

Commission File Number

 

(IRS Employee Identification No.)


1014 E Algonquin Rd, Ste. 111, Schaumburg, IL, 60173

(Address of Principal Executive Offices)

_______________

 

(847) 925-1885

 (Issuer Telephone number)


Not Applicable

(Former name or former address, if changed since last report)

_______________

 

Copies of communication to:


Ronald P. Duplack, Esq.

Rieck and Crotty, P.C.

55 West Monroe Street, Suite 3625, Chicago, IL 60603

Telephone (312) 726-4646 Fax (312) 726-0647


Securities registered under Section 12(b) of the Exchange Act:

 

 

Title of each class registered:

Name of each exchange on which registered:

None

None

 

Securities registered under Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act:

Common Stock, par value $0.001

(Title of class)

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes      . No  X .


Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.

Yes      . No  X .

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes  X . No      .





Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its Corporate Website, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§229.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes  X. No      .


Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.      .

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer

      .

 

Accelerated filer

      .

 

 

 

 

 

Non-accelerated filer

(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

      .

 

Smaller reporting company

  X .

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes      . No  X .

 

There is no established public trading market for our common stock.


State the aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates computed by reference to the price at which the common equity was sold, or the average bid and asked prices of such common equity, as of the last business day of the registrant's most recently completed first fiscal quarter ended December 31, 2015: $7,527,288.


As of September 30, 2015, the registrant had 64,539,684 shares of its common stock issued and outstanding.


Documents Incorporated by Reference: See Item 15.




2





TABLE OF CONTENTS


 

 

 

 

PAGE

 

 

PART I

 

 

ITEM 1.

 

Business

 

4

ITEM 1A.

 

Risk Factors

 

6

ITEM 2.

 

Properties

 

15

ITEM 3.

 

Legal Proceedings

 

15

ITEM 4.

 

Mine Safety Disclosures

 

16

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PART II

 

 

ITEM 5.

 

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

 

16

 

 

 

 

 

ITEM 7.

 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation

 

20

ITEM7A.

 

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

 

26

ITEM 8.

 

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

 

26

ITEM 9.

 

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

 

27

ITEM 9A.

 

Controls and Procedures

 

27

 

 

 

 

27

 

 

PART III

 

 

ITEM 10.

 

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

 

29

ITEM 11.

 

Executive Compensation

 

30

ITEM 12.

 

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

 

31

ITEM 13.

 

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

 

32

ITEM 14

 

Principal Accounting Fees and Services

 

33

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PART IV

 

 

ITEM 15.

 

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

 

34

 

 

 

SIGNATURES

 

37

 





3




PART I

 

ITEM 1.

BUSINESS


Background.


Wellness Center USA, Inc. (the “Company”) was incorporated in the State of Nevada on June 30, 2010. Following that date, we were engaged in the development of “aminofactory.com”, a web-based online store designed to market customized vitamins and other nutritional supplements to the sports industry and health-minded public, and expanded into additional businesses within the healthcare and medical sectors through four acquisitions: CNS-Wellness LLC (“CNS”), Psoria-Shield Inc. (“PSI”), National Pain Centers. Inc. (“NPC”) and certain assets of SMI Holdings, Inc., d/b/a Stealth Mark, Inc.


CNS


CNS was organized in the State of Florida on May 26, 2009 to provide alternative, scientific approaches to mental health and awareness. It was acquired by the Company through a share exchange on August 2, 2012 and was operated as a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company. On September 30, 2014, the Company disposed of all of its issued and outstanding membership interests in CNS. The disposition was part of a settlement of proceedings filed by the Company against management and an entity affiliated with management. The disposition of interests was in consideration of management’s return of 7,300,000 shares of common stock in the Company issued to management in connection with the Company’s acquisition of CNS in 2012, which shares were returned to the Company’s treasury and then cancelled as part of the settlement. Each party to the proceedings released each of the others, and any and all claims that might be asserted against any of them, and the proceedings were dismissed with prejudice by the court.


PSI


PSI was incorporated under the laws of the state of Florida on June 17, 2009. On August 24, 2012, we acquired all of the issued and outstanding shares of stock in PSI. PSI is a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company and operated by Psoria Development Company LLC, an Illinois limited liability company (“PDC”), a joint venture between WCUI/PSI and The Medical Alliance, Inc., a Florida corporation (“TMA”). PDC is managed by our CEO, Andrew J. Kandalepas and TMA’s principals John Yorke and Chris Waugh, with three (3) full-time employees and several independent contractors. We believe that PSI’s operations and services provide an attractive complement to the Company’s operations and products and represent a viable alternative to current approaches to Ultra Violet (UV) phototherapy treatment of skin diseases.


PSI is a medical device design and manufacturing company. It designs, develops and markets a targeted ultraviolet (“UV”) phototherapy device called the Psoria-Light. The Psoria-Light is designated for use in targeted PUVA photochemistry and UVB phototherapy and is designed to treat certain skin conditions including psoriasis, vitiligo, atopic dermatitis (eczema), seborrheic dermatitis, and leukoderma. PSI intends to enter into agreements with third parties, in the United States and internationally, for the manufacture of component parts that make up the Psoria-Light and to license its proprietary technology to third parties domestically and in selected foreign markets.


The Psoria-Light consists of three components: a base console, a color display with touchscreen control, and a hand-held delivery device with a conduit (or tether) between the handheld device and the base console. PSI requires clearance by the United States Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”) to market and sell the device in the United States as well as permission from TUV SUD America Inc., PSI’s Notified Body, to affix the CE mark to the Psoria-Light in order to market and sell the device in countries of the European Union. To obtain FDA clearance and permission to affix the CE mark, PSI was required to conduct EMC and electrical safety testing, which it completed in the second quarter of 2011. PSI received FDA clearance on February 11, 2011 (no. K103540) and was granted permission to affix the CE mark on November 10, 2011. In its 510(k) application with the FDA (application number K103540), PSI asserted that the Psoria-Light was “substantially equivalent” in intended use and technology to two predicate devices, the X -Trac Excimer Laser, which has wide acceptance in the medical billing literature and has a large installed base in the U.S., and the Dualight, another competing targeted UV phototherapy device.


Psoriasis, eczema, and vitiligo, are common skin conditions that can be challenging to treat, and often cause the patient significant psychosocial stress. Patients undergo a variety of treatments to address these skin conditions, including routine consumption of systemic and biologic drug therapies which are highly toxic, reduce systemic immune system function, and come with a host of chemotherapy-like side effects. Ultraviolet (UV) phototherapy is a clinically validated treatment modality for these disorders.



4




Traditionally, “non-targeted” therapy was administered by lamps that emitted either UVA or UVB light to both diseased and healthy skin. While sunblocks or other UV barriers may be used to protect healthy skin, the UV administered in this manner must be low dosage to avoid excessive exposure of healthy tissue. Today, “targeted” UV phototherapy devices administer much higher dosages of light only to affected tissue, resulting in “clearance” in the case of psoriasis and eczema, and “repigmentation” in the case of vitiligo, at much faster rates than non-targeted (low dosage) UV treatments.


Targeted UV treatments are typically administered to smaller total body surface areas, and are therefore used to treat the most intense parts of a patient’s disease. Non-targeted UV treatment is typically used as a follow-up and for maintenance, capable of treating large surfaces of the body. Excimer laser devices (UVB at 308nm) are expensive and consume dangerous chemicals (Xenon and Chlorine). Mercury lamp devices (UVB and/or UVA) require expensive lamp replacements regularly and require special disposal (due to mercury content). Additionally, mercury lamp devices typically deliver wavelengths of light below 300nm. While within the UVB spectrum, it has been shown that wavelengths below 300nm produce significantly more “sunburn” type side effects than do wavelengths between 300 and 320nm without improvement in therapeutic benefit.


The Psoria-Light is a targeted UV phototherapy device which produces UVB light between 300 and 320 nm as well as UVA light between 350 and 395nm, does not consume dangerous chemicals or require special environmental disposal and is cost effective for clinicians, which will increase patient access to this type of treatment. It has several unique and advanced features that we believe will distinguish it from the non-targeted and targeted UV phototherapy devices that are currently being used by dermatologists and other healthcare providers. These features include the following: the utilization of deep narrow-band UVB (“NB-UVB”) LEDs as light sources; the ability to produce both UVA or NB-UVB therapeutic wavelengths; an integrated high resolution digital camera and patient record integration capabilities; the ability to export to an external USB memory device a PDF file of patient treatment information including a patent pending graph that includes digital images plotted against user tracked metrics which can be submitted to improve medical reimbursements; an accessory port and ability to update software; ease of placement and portability; advanced treatment site detection safety sensor; international language support; a warranty which includes the UV lamp(s); and a non-changeable treatment log (that does not include HIPPA information).


PSI has established an ISO 13485 compliant quality system for the Psoria-Light, which was first audited in the third quarter of 2011. This system is intended to ensure PSI devices will be manufactured in a controlled and reliable environment and that its resources follow similar practices and is required for sales in countries requiring a CE mark. PSI has also received Certified Space Technology designation from the Space Foundation, based on PSI’s incorporation of established NASA-funded LED technology.


PSI has registered a variety of domain names and established an initial website to include in depth information regarding psoriasis, eczema, vitiligo, and the Psoria-Light device. It has developed informational videos, flyers, booklets and tradeshow materials, as well as a database of U.S. dermatologists that can be used to assist sales personnel in contacting dermatologists that might be interested in the Psoria-Light device.


PSI began Psoria-Light Beta deployment in January 2012. It is currently operating at a loss, and there is no assurance that its business development plans and strategies will ever be successful. PSI’s success depends upon the acceptance by healthcare providers and clients of Psoria-Light treatment as a preferred method of treatment for psoriasis and other UV-treatable skin conditions. Psoria-Light treatment appears to have been beneficial to clients, without demonstrable harmful side effects or safety issues, as evidenced by more than 10,000 treatments completed on more than 1,000 clients, domestically and Mexico, since 2012. In order for the Company to continue PSI operations it will need additional capital and it will have to successfully coordinate integration of PSI operations without materially and adversely affecting continuation and development of other Company operations.


On October 24, 2014, the Company entered into an Agency Agreement with TMA, to assist in the further development, marketing, licensing and/or sale of PSI technology and products. On January 12, 2015, the Company formed PDC with TMA to jointly pursue these ends. TMA, Mr. Yorke and Mr. Waugh bring over 75 years of combined experience in delivering integrated consulting services in the medical device, supply and information technologies arenas.


NPC


NPC was incorporated under the laws of the state of Nevada on January 24, 2014. It is an Illinois-based management services provider. It was acquired by the Company on February 28, 2014 and is operated as a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company with four (4) full-time employees. NPC manages non-medical services in three clinics and two surgical centers in the Chicago-land area that provide diagnostic, surgical, treatment, research, advocacy, education, and setting standards and protocols within the interventional and multi-modal pain management, pursuant to a management service agreement dated as of February 28, 2014 by and between NPC and National Pain Centers, LLC ("NPC LLC"), which is owned by Dr. Jay Joshi, the president and CEO of NPC. Per the agreement, NPC LLC engages NPC to provide management services for a term period of five (5) years commencing on the effective date. During the term of this agreement, NPCLLC shall pay NPC the equivalent of 50% of all monies collected and as billed monthly to NPCLLC on net-30 term.



5




NPC is managed by its founder and CEO Dr. Jay Joshi, MD, DABA, DABAPM, FABAPM. Dr. Joshi also serves as the Company’s Chief Medical Officer (“CMO”) and as a member of its Board of Directors. Dr. Joshi is a nationally recognized double board certified Anesthesiologist and fellowship trained Interventional Spine and Pain Management physician whose capabilities combine clinical medicine, research, creativity, marketing, inventions, and business development. He is considered a National Key Opinion Leader in pain management. He has presented to a variety of audiences over 500 times, and has worked internationally at the World Health Organization (WHO).


SCI


SCI was incorporated under the laws of the state of Illinois on March 18, 2014. It is a Minnesota-based provider of Stealth Mark encryption and authentication solutions offering advanced product security technologies within the security and supply chain management vertical sectors. SCI acquired certain Stealth Mark assets on April 4, 2014 and operates as a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company with our full-time CEO, Ricky Howard, and four (4) consultants. SCI provides customers premiere authentication technology for the protection of brands and products from illicit counterfeiting and diversion activities. SCI enables the Company to offer a complete, simple to use, easy to implement, and cost effective turnkey system that is extremely difficult to compromise.


SCI is managed by its CEO, Ricky Howard. Mr. Howard has over thirty years of experience in operations management and executive positions in a variety of industries ranging from entrepreneurial startups to Fortune 500 companies. He joined Stealth Mark as V.P. of Operations at the early stage of development in 2006 and played an integral role in bringing the company’s capabilities to its present status including design and creation of its manufacturing capabilities, implementation of its ERP inventory controls system, software and hardware development, marketing and sales materials processes and day-to-day operational procedures and processes.


Aminofactory.com


Since the acquisitions and disposition described above, we have focused primarily upon development of acquired and disposed products, services and operations. During the period covered by this report, we have continued limited development of our aminofactory.com web-based online store and expansion of a wider range of nutritional supplements, including customized formulas uniquely tailored to suit an individual’s needs. However, this line of business has not presented a material source of revenue and management is currently evaluating whether to continue or to terminate “aminofactory.com” activities.


Supplements offered through our website are produced by unaffiliated third party manufacturers and/or product fulfillment suppliers, specializing in nutritional supplement production. Supplements produced for us can be also provided to our competitors by our suppliers and/or manufacturers. However, we are able to specifically select our product portfolio and market it through our website with our custom packaging and pricing, under a supplier or manufacturer’s, or under our own label, in the event that management decides to continue this line of business.


ITEM 1A.

RISK FACTORS


An investment in our securities involves an exceptionally high degree of risk and is extremely speculative in nature. The risks described below are the ones we believe are most important for you to consider. These risks are not the only ones that we face. If events anticipated by any of the following risks actually occur, our business, operating results or financial condition could suffer and the price of our common stock could decline.


WE HAVE RECEIVED A GOING CONCERN OPINION FROM OUR AUDITORS AND WE ARE CURRENTLY OPERATING AT A LOSS, WHICH RAISES SUBSTANTIAL DOUBT ABOUT OUR ABILITY TO CONTINUE AS A GOING CONCERN.


We have received a “Going Concern” opinion from our auditors. As reflected in the accompanying consolidated financial statements, the Company had an accumulated deficit at September 30, 2015, a net loss and net cash used in operating activities for the fiscal year then ended. These factors raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern.


The Company is attempting to generate sufficient revenue; however, the Company’s cash position may not be sufficient enough to support the Company’s daily operations. While the Company believes in the viability of its strategy to generate sufficient revenue and in its ability to raise additional funds, there can be no assurances to that effect. The ability of the Company to continue as a going concern is dependent upon the Company’s ability to further implement its business plan and generate sufficient revenues.



6




IT IS MOST LIKELY THAT WE WILL NEED TO SEEK ADDITIONAL FINANCING THROUGH SUBSEQUENT FUTURE PRIVATE OFFERING OF OUR SECURITIES.


Because the Company does not currently have any financing arrangements, and may not be able to secure favorable terms for future financing, the Company may need to raise capital through the sale of its common stock. The sale of additional equity securities will result in dilution to our stockholders.


UNFAVORABLE PUBLICITY OR CONSUMER ACCEPTANCE OF OUR PRODUCTS OR SERVICES GENERALLY COULD REDUCE OUR SALES.


We will be highly dependent upon consumer acceptance of the safety, efficacy and quality of our products and services, as well as similar products or services offered by other companies. Consumer acceptance of products or services can be significantly influenced by scientific research or findings, national media attention and other publicity about product use or services. A product or service may be received favorably, resulting in high sales associated with that product or service that may not be sustainable as consumer preferences change. Future scientific research or publicity could be unfavorable to our industry or any of our particular products and services and may not be consistent with earlier favorable research or publicity. A future research report or publicity that is perceived by our consumers as less than favorable or that question earlier favorable research or publicity could have a material adverse effect on our ability to generate revenue. Adverse publicity in the form of published scientific research, statements by regulatory authorities or otherwise, whether or not accurate, that associates consumption or use of our products or services, or any other similar products and services, with illness or other adverse effects, or that questions the benefits of our or similar products or services, or claims that they are ineffective, could have a material adverse effect on our business, reputation, financial condition or results of operations.


COMPLYING WITH NEW AND EXISTING GOVERNMENT REGULATION, BOTH IN THE U.S. AND ABROAD, COULD SIGNIFICANTLY INCREASE OUR COSTS AND LIMIT OUR ABILITY TO MARKET OUR PRODUCTS AND SERVICES.


The processing, formulation, manufacturing, packaging, labeling, advertising, distribution, licensing and/or sale of our products and services may be subject to regulation by several U.S. federal agencies, including the FDA, the Federal Trade Commission, or FTC, the Postal Service, the Consumer Product Safety Commission, the Department of Agriculture and the Environmental Protection Agency, as well as various state, local and international laws and agencies of the localities in which our products and services are offered or are sold. Government regulations may prevent or delay the introduction or require design modifications of our products. Regulatory authorities may not accept the evidence of safety we present for existing or new products or services that we wish to market, or they may determine that a particular product or service presents an unacceptable health risk. If that occurs, we could be required to cease distribution of and/or recall products or terminate marketing of services that present such risks. Authorities may also determine that certain advertising and promotional claims, statements or activities are not in compliance with applicable laws and regulations and may determine that a particular statement is unacceptable an unauthorized version of a food or dietary supplement “health claim.” Failure to comply with any regulatory requirements could prevent us from marketing particular existing or new products or services, or subject us to administrative, civil or criminal penalties.


WE WILL OPERATE IN A HIGHLY COMPETITIVE INDUSTRY, AND OUR FAILURE TO COMPETE EFFECTIVELY COULD ADVERSELY AFFECT OUR MARKET SHARE, FINANCIAL CONDITION AND GROWTH PROSPECTS.


The U.S. healthcare solutions industry is a large and highly fragmented industry. Our potential competitors include specialty retailers, supermarkets, drugstores, mass merchants, multi-level marketing organizations, online merchants, mail-order companies and a variety of other participants in the industry. The principle elements of competition in the industry are price, selection and distribution channel offerings. We believe that the market is also highly sensitive to the introduction of new products and services, which may rapidly capture a significant share of the market. In the U.S., we shall also compete for sales with heavily advertised national brands manufactured by large pharmaceutical and food companies, as well as other retailers. In addition, as some products or services gain market acceptance, we may experience increased competition for those products or services as more participants enter the market. Currently, we are not a manufacturer. To the extent that we become a manufacturer or engage third party manufacturers to produce any product, our manufacturing capabilities may not be adequate or sufficient to compete with large scale, direct or third-party manufacturers. Certain of our potential competitors are larger than us and have longer operating histories, larger customer bases, greater brand recognition and greater resources for marketing, advertising and promotion of their products and services. They may be able to secure inventory from vendors on more favorable terms, operate with a lower cost structure or adopt more aggressive pricing policies. In addition, our potential competitors may be more effective and efficient in introducing new products or services. We may not be able to compete effectively, and our attempt to do so may require us to increase marketing and/or reduce our prices, which may result in lower margins. Failure to effectively compete could adversely affect our market share, financial condition and growth prospects.



7




OUR DECISIONS TO ACQUIRE PSI, NPC AND SCI WERE BASED UPON ASSUMPTIONS WHICH MAY PROVE TO BE ERRONEOUS.


Our decisions to acquire PSI, NPC and SCI were based upon assumptions regarding their respective existing and prospective operations, products and services, the potential market for their respective products and services, and our ability to integrate their respective operations in a manner that would enable us to launch the marketing and sale of their respective products and services. Our decisions were based upon information available to management, and assumptions made by management, at the time of each respective acquisition, regarding the potential viability of such products and services and our ability to integrate operations.


Our assumptions may prove to be erroneous. Each company is a small development stage company with a limited operating history. Each is currently operating at a loss, and there is no assurance that its business development plans and strategies will ever be successful, or that their respective products and services will be favorably perceived and accepted by our assumed potential customer populations.


PSI PROVIDES ALTERNATIVE SCIENTIFIC APPROACHES TO UV SKIN TREATMENT THAT ARE NOVEL.


PSI’s success depends upon the acceptance by healthcare providers and clients of Psoria-Light treatment as a preferred method of treatment for psoriasis and other UV-treatable skin conditions. There can be no assurance that we will be able to achieve and maintain such market acceptance by healthcare providers or clients.


Psoriasis, eczema, and vitiligo, are common skin conditions that can be challenging to treat, and often cause the patient significant psychosocial stress. Patients undergo a variety of treatments to address these skin conditions, including routine consumption of systemic and biologic drug therapies which are highly toxic, reduce systemic immune system function, and come with a host of chemotherapy-like side effects. Ultraviolet (UV) phototherapy is a clinically validated treatment modality for these disorders. To obtain FDA clearance and permission to affix the CE mark, PSI was required to conduct EMC and electrical safety testing, which it completed in the second quarter of 2011. PSI also developed an ISO 13485 compliant quality system for the Psoria-Light which was audited in the fourth quarter of 2011. PSI received FDA clearance on February 11, 2011 (no. K103540) and was granted permission to affix the CE mark on November 10, 2011. In its 510(k) application with the FDA (application number K103540), PSI asserted that the Psoria-Light was “substantially equivalent” in intended use and technology to two predicate devices, the X -Trac Excimer Laser, which has wide acceptance in the medical billing literature and has a large installed base in the U.S., and the Dualight, another competing targeted UV phototherapy device.


Traditionally, “non-targeted” therapy was administered by lamps that emitted either UVA or UVB light to both diseased and healthy skin. While sunblocks or other UV barriers may be used to protect healthy skin, the UV administered in this manner must be low dosage to avoid excessive exposure of healthy tissue. Today, “targeted” UV phototherapy devices administer much higher dosages of light only to affected tissue, resulting in “clearance” in the case of psoriasis and eczema, and “repigmentation” in the case of vitiligo, at much faster rates than non-targeted (low dosage) UV treatments.


Targeted UV treatments are typically administered to smaller total body surface areas, and are therefore used to treat the most intense parts of a patient’s disease. Non-targeted UV treatment is typically used as a follow-up and for maintenance, capable of treating large surfaces of the body. Excimer laser devices (UVB at 308nm) are expensive and consume dangerous chemicals (Xenon and Chlorine). Mercury lamp devices (UVB and/or UVA) require expensive lamp replacements regularly and require special disposal (due to mercury content). Additionally, mercury lamp devices typically deliver wavelengths of light below 300nm. While within the UVB spectrum, it has been shown that wavelengths below 300nm produce significantly more “sunburn” type side effects than do wavelengths between 300 and 320nm without improvement in therapeutic benefit.


The Psoria-Light is a targeted UV phototherapy device which produces UVB light between 300 and 320 nm as well as UVA light between 350 and 395nm, does not consume dangerous chemicals or require special environmental disposal and is cost effective for clinicians, which will increase patient access to this type of treatment. It has several unique and advanced features that we believe will distinguish it from the non-targeted and targeted UV phototherapy devices that are currently being used by dermatologists and other healthcare providers. These features include the following: the utilization of deep narrow-band UVB (“NB-UVB”) LEDs as light sources; the ability to produce both UVA or NB-UVB therapeutic wavelengths; an integrated high resolution digital camera and patient record integration capabilities; the ability to export to an external USB memory device a PDF file of patient treatment information including a patent pending graph that includes digital images plotted against user tracked metrics which can be submitted to improve medical reimbursements; an accessory port and ability to update software; ease of placement and portability; advanced treatment site detection safety sensor; international language support; a warranty which includes the UV lamp(s); and a non-changeable treatment log (that does not include HIPPA information).



8




Psoria-Light treatments appear to have been beneficial to clients, without demonstrable harmful side effects or safety issues, as evidenced by approximately 10,000 treatments performed on more than 1,000 clients since Psoria-Light patient testing started in January 2012, domestically and in Mexico. However, there can be no assurance that the experience to date is indicative of results that might be expected from an expanded sample or base. Consequently, there can be no assurance that Psoria-Light treatments will ever achieve and maintain market acceptance among healthcare providers and clients. Any failure to satisfy healthcare provider or client demands or to achieve meaningful market acceptance will seriously harm our business and our ability to generate revenues and may prevent us from ever becoming profitable.


WE RELY UPON PSI, NPC AND SCI PERSONNEL TO OPERATE THEIR RESPECTIVE BUSINESSES AND THE LOSS OF KEY PERSONNEL COULD HAVE A MATERIALLY ADVERSE AFFECT ON OUR BUSINESS, FINANCIAL CONDITION OR RESULTS OF OPERATIONS.


We rely upon the current executive management of PSI, NPC and SCI to operate their respective business operations. Although we have executed employment agreements with certain key management personnel, we cannot guarantee that any such personnel will remain affiliated with us.


If any of our key personnel were to cease their affiliation with us, our operating results could suffer. Further, we do not maintain key person life insurance on any executive officer. If we lose or are unable to obtain the services of key personnel, our business, financial condition or results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.


PSI, NPC AND SCI HAVE LIMITED EXPERIENCE IN MARKETING THEIR RESPECTIVE PRODUCTS AND SERVICES.


PSI, NPC and SCI each has undertaken initial, limited marketing efforts for their respective products and services. Their sales and marketing personnel will compete against the experienced and well-funded sales organizations of competitors. Their revenues and ability to achieve profitability will depend largely on the effectiveness of their respective sales and marketing personnel. Each will face significant challenges and risks related to marketing its services, including, but not limited to, the following:


·

the ability to obtain access to or persuade adequate numbers of healthcare providers or clients to purchase and use their respective products and services;

·

the ability to recruit, properly motivate, retain, and train adequate numbers of qualified sales and marketing personnel;

·

the costs associated with hiring, training, maintaining, and expanding an effective sales and marketing team; and

·

assuring compliance with applicable government regulatory requirements.


In addition, PSI plans to establish a network of distributors in selected foreign markets to market, sell and distribute the Psoria-Light device. If PSI fails to select or use appropriate foreign distributors, or if the sales and marketing strategies of such distributors prove ineffective in generating sales of the device, our revenues would be adversely affected and we might never become profitable.


COMMERCIALIZATION OF PRODUCTS AND SERVICES WILL REQUIRE US TO BUILD AND MAINTAIN SOPHISTICATED SALES AND MARKETING TEAMS.


None of our subsidiaries has any prior experience with commercializing their respective products and services. To successfully commercialize their products and services we will need to establish and maintain sophisticated sales and marketing teams. Experienced sales representatives may be difficult to locate and retain, and all new sales representatives will need to undergo extensive training. There is no assurance that we will be able to recruit and retain sufficiently skilled sales representatives, or that any new sales representatives will ultimately become productive. If we are unable to recruit and retain qualified and productive sales personnel, our ability to commercialize our product and to generate revenues will be impaired, and our business will be harmed.


WE FACE SIGNIFICANT COMPETITION FROM COMPANIES WITH GREATER RESOURCES AND WELL-ESTABLISHED SALES CHANNELS, WHICH MAY MAKE IT DIFFICULT FOR US TO ACHIEVE MARKET PENETRATION.


The markets for our subsidiaries’ respective products and services are highly competitive and are significantly affected by new treatment and product introductions. Direct competitors may enjoy competitive advantages, including:


·

established service and product lines with proven results;

·

brand awareness;

·

name recognition;

·

established product acceptance by healthcare providers and clients;



9




·

established relationships with healthcare providers and clients;

·

integrated distribution networks; and

·

greater financial resources for product development, sales and marketing, and patent litigation.


Many competitors may have significantly greater funds to spend on the research, development, promotion and sale of new and existing services and products. These resources can enable them to respond more quickly to new or emerging technologies and changes in the market.


WE MAY BECOME INVOLVED IN FUTURE LITIGATION OR CLAIMS THAT MAY NEGATIVELY AFFECT OUR RESULTS OF OPERATIONS.


Healthcare providers and clients that use our subsidiaries’ products or services may bring product liability or other claims against us. To limit such exposure, each subsidiary plans to develop a comprehensive training and education program for persons using their respective products and services. There can be no assurance that such training and education programs will help avoid complications resulting from any provision of products or services. In addition, although they may provide such training and education, they may not be able to ensure proper provision of products or services in each instance and may be unsuccessful at avoiding significant liability exposure as a result. While we may currently maintain and plan to continue to maintain liability insurance in amounts we consider sufficient, such insurance may prove insufficient to provide coverage against any or all asserted claims. In addition, experience ratings and general market conditions may change at any time so as to render us unable to obtain or maintain insurance on acceptable terms, or at all. In addition, regardless of merit or eventual outcome, product liability and other claims may result in:


·

the diversion of management’s time and attention from our business and operations;

·

the expenditure of large amounts of cash on legal fees, expenses and payment of settlements or damages;

·

decreased demand for our products and services; and

·

negative publicity and injury to our reputation.


Each and every one of the foregoing consequences of claims and litigation could have a material adverse effect on us, our subsidiaries, and our business operations and financial condition.


HEALTHCARE PROVIDERS MAY BE UNABLE TO OBTAIN COVERAGE OR REIMBURSEMENT FROM THIRD-PARTY PAYORS FOR PSORIA-LIGHT TREATMENTS, WHICH COULD LIMIT OUR ABILITY TO MARKET PSI PRODUCTS AND SERVICES.


We expect that healthcare providers will bill various third-party payers, such as Medicare, Medicaid, other governmental programs, and private insurers, for Psoria-Light treatments. We believe that the cost of Psoria-Light treatments is generally already reimbursable under governmental programs and most private plans. Accordingly, we believe that healthcare providers will generally not require new billing authorizations or codes in order to be compensated for performing medically necessary procedures using Psoria-Light treatments. There can be no assurance, however, that coverage, coding and reimbursement policies of third-party payers will not change in the future. PSI’s success in selected foreign markets will also depend upon the eligibility of the Psoria-Light device for coverage and reimbursement by government-sponsored healthcare payment systems and third-party payers. In both the United States and foreign markets, healthcare cost-containment efforts are prevalent and are expected to continue. Prospective clients’ failure to obtain sufficient reimbursement could limit our ability to market PSI products and services and decrease our ability to generate revenue.


WE PLAN TO RELY ON THIRD PARTY DISTRIBUTORS FOR PSI SALES, MARKETING AND DISTRIBUTION ACTIVITIES IN FOREIGN COUNTRIES.


Although we plan to market and sell our products and services directly through our own sales representatives in the domestic market, we plan to rely on third party distributors to sell, market, and distribute the Psoria-Light device in selected international markets. Because we intend to rely on third party distributors for sales, marketing and distribution activities in international markets, we will be subject to a number of risks associated with our dependence on these third party distributors, including:


·

lack of day-to-day control over the activities of third-party distributors;

·

third-party distributors may not fulfill their obligations to us or otherwise meet our expectations;

·

third-party distributors may terminate their arrangements with us on limited or no notice or may change the terms of these arrangements in a manner unfavorable to us for reasons outside of our control; and

·

disagreements with our distributors could require or result in costly and time-consuming litigation or arbitration.



10




If we fail to establish and maintain satisfactory relationships with third-party distributors, we may be unable to sell, market and distribute the Psoria-Light device in international markets, our revenues and market share may not grow as anticipated, and we could be subject to unexpected costs which would harm our results of operations and financial condition.


TO THE EXTENT WE ENGAGE IN MARKETING AND SALES ACTIVITIES OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES, WE WILL BE EXPOSED TO RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH EXCHANGE RATE FLUCTUATIONS, TRADE RESTRICTIONS AND POLITICAL, ECONOMIC AND SOCIAL INSTABILITY.


If we follow through with our plans to sell the Psoria-Light device in foreign markets, we will be subject to various risks associated with conducting business abroad. A foreign government may require us to obtain export licenses or may impose trade barriers or tariffs that could limit our ability to build our international presence. Our operations in some markets also may be adversely affected by political, economic and social instability in foreign countries. We may also face difficulties in managing foreign operations, longer payment cycles, problems with collecting accounts receivable, and limits on our ability to enforce our intellectual property rights. In addition, for financial reporting purposes, our foreign sales will be translated from local currency into U.S. dollars based on exchange rates and, if we do not hedge our foreign currency transactions, we will be subject to the risk of changes in exchange rates. If we are unable to adequately address the risks of doing business abroad, our business may be harmed.


THE PSORIA-LIGHT AND ANY FUTURE MEDICAL DEVICE PRODUCTS ARE SUBJECT TO A LENGTHY AND UNCERTAIN DOMESTIC REGULATORY PROCESS.


PSI’s Psoria-Light device and future medical device products, if any, are subject to extensive regulation in the United States by the FDA. The FDA regulates the research, testing, manufacturing, safety, labeling, storage, record keeping, promotion, distribution and production of medical devices in the United States to ensure that medical products distributed domestically are safe and effective for their intended uses. In order for us to market the Psoria-Light for use in the United States, we were required to first obtain clearance from the FDA pursuant to Section 510(k) of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (the “FFDCA”).


Clearance under Section 510(k) requires demonstration that a new device is substantially equivalent to another device with 510(k) clearance or grandfather status. If the FDA agrees that a device is substantially equivalent to a predicate device, it will grant clearance to commercially market the device. The FDA has a statutory 90-day period to respond to a 510(k) submission. As a practical matter, clearance often takes longer. The FDA may require further information, including clinical data, to make a determination regarding substantial equivalence. If the FDA determines that a device, or its intended use, is not “substantially equivalent,” the FDA will place the device, or the particular use of the device, into Class III, and the device sponsor must then fulfill much more rigorous pre-marketing requirements.


If the FDA does not act favorably or quickly in its review of a 501(k) submission, the submitting party may encounter significant difficulties and costs in its efforts to obtain FDA clearance or approval, all of which could delay or preclude the sale of a device. The FDA may request additional data or require the submitting party to conduct further testing or compile more data, including clinical data and clinical studies, in support of a 510(k) submission. Instead of accepting a 510(k) submission, the FDA may require the submitting party to submit a pre-market approval application (“PMA”), which is typically a much more complex and burdensome application than a 510(k). To support a PMA, the FDA may require that the submitting party conduct one or more clinical studies to demonstrate that the device is safe and effective. In addition, the FDA may place significant limitations upon the intended use of a device as a condition to a 510(k) clearance or PMA approval. Product applications can also be denied or withdrawn due to failure to comply with regulatory requirements or the occurrence of unforeseen problems following clearance or approval. Any delays or failure to obtain FDA clearance or approvals of any future medical device products we develop, any limitations imposed by the FDA on product use, or the costs of obtaining FDA clearance or approvals could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.


PSI submitted its 510(k) for the Psoria-Light to the FDA and on December 3, 2010 was assigned application number K103540. The 510(k) application for Psoria-Light was a traditional application and asserted that the Psoria-Light is “substantially equivalent” in intended use and technology to two predicate devices, the X-Trac Excimer Laser and the Dualight, which are competing targeted UV phototherapy devices. PSI began regulatory testing of the Psoria-Light in December 2010 for EMC and electrical safety (required for FDA and CE mark sales), and completed that testing in the second quarter of 2011. PSI received FDA clearance of the Psoria-Light on February11, 2011 (no. K103540). If the Psoria-Light is significantly modified subsequent to its FDA clearance, the FDA may require submission of a separate 510(k) or PMA for the modified product before it may be marketed in the United States.



11




If we develop any future medical device products we will be required to seek and obtain FDA approval prior to any marketing or sales in the United States and in accordance with the 510(k) or PMA process.


THE PSORIA-LIGHT WILL BE SUBJECT TO VARIOUS INTERNATIONAL REGULATORY PROCESSES AND APPROVAL REQUIREMENTS. IF WE DO NOT OBTAIN AND MAINTAIN THE NECESSARY INTERNATIONAL REGULATORY APPROVALS, WE WILL NOT BE ABLE TO MARKET AND SELL OUR PRODUCTS IN FOREIGN COUNTRIES.


To be able to market and sell PSI’s Psoria-Light device in other countries, we must obtain regulatory approvals and comply with the regulations of those countries. These regulations, including the requirements for approvals and the time required for regulatory review, vary from country to country. Obtaining and maintaining foreign regulatory approvals are expensive, and we cannot be certain that we will receive regulatory approvals in any foreign country in which we plan to market our product. If we fail to obtain or maintain regulatory approval in any foreign country in which we plan to market our product, our ability to generate revenue will be harmed.


The European Union requires that manufacturers of medical products obtain the right to affix the CE mark to their products before selling them in member countries of the European Union. The CE mark is an international symbol of adherence to quality assurance standards and compliance with applicable European medical device directives. In order to obtain the right to affix the CE mark to products, a manufacturer must obtain certification that its processes meet certain European quality standards.


PSI began regulatory testing of the Psoria-Light in December 2010 for EMC and electrical safety (required for FDA and CE mark sales), and completed that testing in the second quarter of 2011. PSI was granted permission to affix the CE mark to the Psoria-Light in the fourth quarter of 2011. If we modify the Psoria-Light product or develop other new products in the future, we would expect to apply for permission to affix the CE mark to such products. In addition, we would be subject to annual regulatory audits in order to maintain any CE mark permissions we may obtain. We do not know whether we will be able to obtain permission to affix the CE mark to our initial, future or modified products or that we will continue to meet the quality and safety standards required to maintain any permission we may receive. If we are unable to obtain permission to affix the CE mark to any of our products, we will not be permitted to sell our products in member countries of the European Union, which will have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, if after receiving permission to affix the CE mark to our products, we are unable to maintain such permission, we will no longer be able to sell our products in member countries of the European Union.


OUR ABILITY TO ACHIEVE COMMERCIAL SUCCESS WILL DEPEND IN PART ON OBTAINING AND MAINTAINING PATENT PROTECTION (IF ANY) AND TRADE SECRET PROTECTION RELATING TO OUR PRODUCTS, THE TECHNOLOGY ASSOCIATED WITH OUR PRODUCTS, AND ANY OTHER PRODUCTS AND TECHNOLOGY WE MAY DEVELOP, AS WELL AS SUCCESSFULLY DEFENDING OUR PATENT(S) (IF ANY) AND LICENSED PATENTS (IF ISSUED) AGAINST THIRD PARTY CHALLENGES. IF WE ARE UNABLE TO OBTAIN AND MAINTAIN PROTECTION FOR OUR INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY AND PROPRIETARY TECHNOLOGY, THE VALUE OF OUR PRODUCTS WILL BE ADVERSELY AFFECTED, AND WE WILL NOT BE ABLE TO PROTECT SUCH TECHNOLOGY FROM UNAUTHORIZED USE BY THIRD PARTIES.


Our commercial success will depend largely on our ability to obtain and maintain patent protection and intellectual property protection covering certain aspects of the technology that we intend to utilize in the development and commercialization of PSI’s initial medical device product, the Psoria-Light, and existing SCI products, to obtain and maintain patent and intellectual property protection for any other products that we may develop and seek to market. In order to protect our competitive position for the Psoria-Light, SCI products, and any other products that we may develop and seek to market, we, or our executive officers, as the case may be, will have to:


·

prevent others from successfully challenging the validity or enforceability of our issued, pending, or licensed patents (if any);

·

prevent others from infringing upon, our issued, pending, or licensed patents (if any) and our other proprietary rights;

·

operate our business, including the production, sale and use of the Psoria-Light, SCI encryption products, and any other products, without infringing upon the proprietary rights of others;

·

successfully enforce our rights to issued, pending, or licensed patents (if any) against third parties when necessary and appropriate; and

·

obtain and protect commercially valuable patents or the rights to patents both domestically and abroad.


PSI was issued one patent on its Psoria-Light technology on July 9th 2013, US 8,481,982, covering a unique patient safety feature. No other patents have been issued for PSI products or methods, or any of the other technology associated with such products, and we cannot guarantee that any other patents will be issued for such products or any of the technology associated with such products.



12




Stealth Mark devoted substantial effort and resources to develop and advance micro-particle security technologies in support of its business activities. Protection of the acquired Stealth Mark intellectual property is maintained through, among other things, six patents issued between November 18, 2003 and July 17, 2012 as US 6,647,649; 7,720,254; 7,831,042; 7,885,428; 8,033,450 and 8,223,964, and two pending European Applications.


Protection of intellectual property in the markets in which we compete is highly uncertain and involves complex legal and scientific questions. It may be difficult to obtain patents relating to our products or technology. Furthermore, any changes in, or unexpected interpretations of, the patent laws may adversely affect our ability to enforce our patent position.


WE EXPECT TO RELY ON TRADEMARKS, TRADE SECRET PROTECTIONS, KNOW-HOW AND CONTRACTUAL SAFEGUARDS TO PROTECT OUR NON-PATENTED INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY AND PROPRIETARY TECHNOLOGY.


We expect to rely on trademarks, trade secret protections, know-how and contractual safeguards to protect our non-patented intellectual property and proprietary technology. Current employees, consultants and advisors have entered into, and future employees, consultants and advisors will be required to enter into, confidentiality agreements that prohibit the disclosure or use of confidential information. We also intend to enter into confidentiality agreements to protect our confidential information delivered to third parties for research and other purposes. There can be no assurance that we will be able to effectively enforce these agreements or that the subject confidential information will not be disclosed, that others will not independently develop substantially equivalent confidential information and techniques or otherwise gain access to our confidential information or that we can meaningfully protect our confidential information.


Costly and time-consuming litigation could be necessary to enforce and determine the scope and protectability of confidential information, and failure to maintain the confidentiality of confidential information could adversely affect our business by causing us to lose any competitive advantage maintained through such confidential information.


The protection of proprietary technology through claims of trade secret status has been the subject of increasing claims and litigation by various companies, both to protect proprietary rights and for competitive reasons, even where proprietary claims are unsubstantiated. The prosecution of proprietary claims or the defense of such claims is costly and uncertain given the uncertainty and rapid development of the principles of law pertaining to this area.


Disputes may arise in the future with respect to the ownership of rights to any technology developed with consultants, advisors or collaborators. These and other possible disagreements could lead to delays in the collaborative research, development or commercialization of our products, or could require or result in costly and time-consuming litigation that may not be decided in our favor. Any such event could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations by delaying or preventing our commercialization of innovations or by diverting our resources away from revenue-generating projects.


OUR ABILITY TO MARKET PRODUCTS IN FOREIGN COUNTRIES MAY BE IMPAIRED BY THE ACTIVITIES AND INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS OF THIRD PARTIES.


We may elect to market and sell products in select international markets. Except for certain pending Stealth Mark European Applications, neither the Company nor any of our officers or directors has filed (nor does the Company or any of our officers or directors currently have an intention to file) for any international patent protection for any of our products or any of the technology associated with our products. However, to successfully enter into these international markets and achieve desired revenues internationally, we may need to enforce our patent and trademark rights (if any) against third parties that we believe may be infringing on our rights. The laws of some foreign countries do not protect intellectual property, including patents, to as great an extent as do the laws of the United States. Policing unauthorized use of our intellectual property is difficult, and there is a risk that despite the expenditure of significant financial resources and the diversion of management attention, any measures that we take to protect our intellectual property may prove inadequate in these countries. Our competitors in these countries may independently develop similar technology or duplicate our products, thus likely reducing our potential sales in these countries. Furthermore, our future patent rights (if any) may be limited in enforceability to the United States or certain other select countries, which may limit our intellectual property rights abroad.



13




NO MARKET CURRENTLY EXISTS FOR OUR SECURITIES AND WE CANNOT ASSURE YOU THAT SUCH A MARKET WILL EVER DEVELOP, OR IF DEVELOPED, WILL BE SUSTAINED.


Our common stock is not currently eligible for trading on any stock exchange and there can be no assurance that our common stock will be listed on any stock exchange in the future. We presently are listed on the NASD OTCQB Bulletin Board trading system pursuant to Rule 15c2-11 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, but there can be no assurance we will maintain such a listing. The bulletin board tends to be highly illiquid, in part because there is no national quotation system by which potential investors can track the market price of shares except through information received or generated by a limited number of broker-dealers that make a market in particular stocks. There is a greater chance of market volatility for securities that trade on the bulletin board as opposed to a national exchange or quotation system. This volatility may be caused by a variety of factors, including: the lack of readily available price quotations; the absence of consistent administrative supervision of "bid" and "ask" quotations; lower trading volume; and general market conditions. If no market for our shares materializes, you may not be able to sell your shares or may have to sell your shares at a significantly reduced price.


IF OUR SHARES OF COMMON STOCK ARE ACTIVELY TRADED ON A PUBLIC MARKET, THEY WILL IN ALL LIKELIHOOD BE PENNY STOCKS.


Broker-dealer practices in connection with transactions in “penny stocks” are regulated by certain penny stock rules adopted by the SEC. Penny stocks generally are equity securities with a price per share of less than $5.00 (other than securities registered on certain national securities exchanges or quoted on the NASDAQ Stock Market, provided that current price and volume information with respect to transactions in such securities is provided by the exchange or system). The penny stock rules require a broker-dealer, prior to a transaction in a penny stock not otherwise exempt from the rules, to deliver a standardized risk disclosure document that provides information about penny stocks and the risks in the penny stock market. The broker-dealer must also provide the customer with current bid and offer quotations for the penny stock, the compensation of the broker-dealer and its salesperson in the transaction, and monthly account statements showing the market value of each penny stock held in the customer’s account. In addition, the penny stock rules generally require that prior to a transaction in a penny stock the broker-dealer make a special written determination that the penny stock is a suitable investment for the purchaser and receive the purchaser’s written agreement to the transaction. These disclosure requirements may have the effect of reducing the level of trading activity in the secondary market for a stock that becomes subject to the penny stock rules.


WE WILL INCUR ONGOING COSTS AND EXPENSES FOR SEC REPORTING AND COMPLIANCE, AND WITHOUT REVENUE WE MAY NOT BE ABLE TO REMAIN IN COMPLIANCE, MAKING IT DIFFICULT FOR INVESTORS TO SELL THEIR SHARES, IF AT ALL.


We have a very limited number of market makers and are quoted on the OTC Electronic Bulletin Board. To be eligible for quotation, issuers must remain current in their filings with the SEC. In order for us to remain in compliance we will require future revenues to cover the cost of these filings, which could comprise a substantial portion of our available cash resources. If we are unable to generate sufficient revenues to remain in compliance it may be difficult for you to resell any shares you may purchase, if at all.


FAILURE TO ACHIEVE AND MAINTAIN EFFECTIVE INTERNAL CONTROLS IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 404 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 COULD HAVE A MATERIAL ADVERSE EFFECT ON OUR BUSINESS AND STOCK PRICE.


Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (“the Sarbanes-Oxley Act”) requires that we establish and maintain an adequate internal control structure and procedures for financial reporting and include a report of management on our internal control over financial reporting in our annual report on Form 10-K. That report must contain an assessment by management of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting and must include disclosure of any material weaknesses in internal control over financial reporting that we have identified. The Company currently has three directors with only one of whom is independent; accordingly, we cannot establish board committees with independent members to oversee certain functions such as compensation or audit issues for internal control and reporting purposes. Until a majority of our board is comprised of independent members, if ever, there will be limited oversight of our management’s decisions and activities and little ability of shareholders to challenge or reverse those activities and decisions, even if they are not in the best interests of our shareholders.



14




THE MARKET PRICE FOR OUR COMMON SHARES IS PARTICULARLY VOLATILE GIVEN OUR STATUS AS A RELATIVELY UNKNOWN COMPANY WITH A SMALL AND THINLY TRADED PUBLIC FLOAT, LIMITED OPERATING HISTORY AND LACK OF PROFITS WHICH COULD LEAD TO WIDE FLUCTUATIONS IN OUR SHARE PRICE. YOU MAY BE UNABLE TO SELL YOUR COMMON SHARES AT OR ABOVE YOUR PURCHASE PRICE, WHICH MAY RESULT IN SUBSTANTIAL LOSSES TO YOU.


The market for our common shares is characterized by significant price volatility when compared to seasoned issuers, and we expect that our share price will continue to be more volatile than a seasoned issuer for the indefinite future. The volatility in our share price is attributable to a number of factors. First, as noted above, our common shares are sporadically and thinly traded. As a consequence of this lack of liquidity, the trading of relatively small quantities of shares by our shareholders may disproportionately influence the price of those shares in either direction. The price for our shares could, for example, decline precipitously in the event that a large number of our common shares are sold on the market without commensurate demand, as compared to a seasoned issuer which could better absorb those sales without adverse impact on its share price. Secondly, we are a speculative or “risky” investment due to our limited operating history and lack of profits to date, and uncertainty of future market acceptance for our potential products and services. As a consequence of this enhanced risk, more risk-adverse investors may, under the fear of losing all or most of their investment in the event of negative news or lack of progress, be more inclined to sell their shares on the market more quickly and at greater discounts than would be the case with the stock of a seasoned issuer. Many of these factors are beyond our control and may decrease the market price of our common shares, regardless of our operating performance. We cannot make any predictions or projections as to what the prevailing market price for our common shares will be at any time, including as to whether our common shares will sustain their current market prices, or as to what effect that the sale of shares or the availability of common shares for sale at any time will have on the prevailing market price.


WE DO NOT PAY DIVIDENDS ON OUR COMMON STOCK.


We have not paid any dividends on our common stock and do not anticipate paying dividends in the foreseeable future. We plan to retain earnings, if any, to finance the development and expansion of our business.


ITEM 2.

PROPERTIES


Our principal executive offices are located at 1014 E. Algonquin Road, Suite 111, Schaumburg, Illinois 60173. Our telephone number is (847) 925-1885. We occupy the office space pursuant to a lease executed as of Jan 1, 2015 for a period of 18 months, expiring on June 30, 2016, with the base rent of $2,185 per month.


PSI offices are located at 6408 West Linebaugh Avenue, Suite 103, Tampa, Florida 33625. PSI’s telephone number is (866) 725-0969. PSI occupies the office space pursuant to a lease executed as of July 7, 2014, for an initial period of six months and thereafter extended on a month-to-month basis, with monthly base rent of $2,140, subject to additional rent in the form of a pro-rata share of common area maintenance operating and maintenance expenses. Suite 103 comprises approximately 2,000 square feet and included office space, a sales area, space for inventory, manufacturing and receiving operations, as well as an engineering lab and video conferencing room.


NPC offices are located at 230 Central Drive, Suite 201, Vernon Hills, Illinois 60061 and 1585 Barrington Road, Ste 103, Hoffman Estates, IL 60169. Its telephone number is (847) 701-3250. NPC occupies the office space pursuant to a lease executed as of January 1, 2015, for a period of twelve (12) months, with monthly base rent of $1,600. As of January 1, 2016, the lease was extended on a month to month basis, at the same rent, and on the same terms and conditions.


SCI offices are located at 6845 20th Avenue, Centerville, Minnesota 55038. Its telephone number is (651) 765-9560. SCI occupies 3,300 square of office space pursuant to a lease executed as of January 31, 2015 for a period of 18 months, with monthly base rent of $2,150.


ITEM 3.

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS


The Company is periodically engaged in legal proceedings arising from and relating to its business operations. We currently are not involved in any litigation that we believe could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations. There is no action, suit, proceeding, inquiry or investigation before or by any court, public board, government agency, self-regulatory organization or body pending or, to the knowledge of the executive officers of our Company or any of our subsidiaries, threatened against or affecting our Company, our common stock, any of our subsidiaries or of our Company’s or our subsidiaries’ officers or directors in their capacities as such, in which an adverse decision could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations.



15




ITEM 4.

MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES.


Not applicable.


PART II


ITEM 5.

MARKET FOR REGISTRANTS COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES


No Public Market for Our Common Stock


The market price of our common stock is subject to significant fluctuations in response to variations in our quarterly operating results, general trends in the market, and other factors, over many of which we have little or no control. In addition, broad market fluctuations, as well as general economic, business and political conditions, may adversely affect the market for our common stock, regardless of our actual or projected performance.


Common Stock


We are authorized by our Articles of Incorporation to issue up to 75,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share. As of September 30, 2015 there were 64,539.684 shares of common stock issued and outstanding. Holders of shares of common stock have full voting rights, one vote for each share held of record. Stockholders are entitled to receive dividends as may be declared by the Board out of funds legally available therefore and share pro rata in any distributions to stockholders upon liquidation. Stockholders have no conversion, pre-emptive or subscription rights. All outstanding shares of common stock are fully paid and non-assessable.


Sale of Common Stock or Equity Units


For the quarter period ended March 31, 2015 , the Company raised $418,825 from the issuance of (i) 6,152,145 common shares of the Company; (ii) warrants to purchase 12,354,290 common shares with an exercise price of $0.15 per share, expiring five (5) years from the date of issuance, at $0.07 per unit or a net proceeds of $418,825; $269,015 ($0.04 per common share) and $155,482 ($0.01 per warrant share) were allocated as the relative fair value of the common stock and warrants, respectively.


In April, 2015 , the Company raised $240,600 from the issuance of (i) 1,603,999 common shares of the Company; (ii) warrants to purchase 3,241,332 common shares with an exercise price of $0.25 per share, expiring five (5) years from the date of issuance, at $0.15 per unit or a net proceeds of $240,600; $146,766 ($0.09 per common share) and $93,834 ($0.03 per warrant share) were allocated as the relative fair value of the common stock and warrants, respectively.


On May 11, 2015, warrants to purchase 800,000 shares with an exercise price of $0.01 per share were exercised by a shareholder for $8,000 in cash.


In June, 2015 , the Company raised $128,500 from the issuance of (i) 1,713,333 common shares of the Company; (ii) warrants to purchase 1,713,333 common shares with an exercise price of $0.25 per share, expiring five (5) years from the date of issuance, at $0.075 per unit or a net proceeds of $128,500; $111,153 ($0.06 per common share) and $17,347 ($0.01 per warrant share) were allocated as the relative fair value of the common stock and warrants, respectively.


On June 30, 2015, options to purchase 1,600,000 shares with an exercise price of $0.01 per share were exercised by an officer for $16,000 in cash.


In August, 2015, the Company raised $72,500 from the issuance of (i) 966,666 common shares of the Company; (ii) warrants to purchase 966,666 with an exercise price of $0.25 per share, expiring five (5) years from the date of issuance, at $0.075 per unit or a net proceeds of $72,500; $39,730 ($0.04 per common share) and $32,770 ($0.03 per warrant share) were allocated as the relative fair value of the common stock and warrants, respectively.


In September 2015, the Company raised $50,000 from the issuance of (i) 555,555 common shares of the Company; (ii) warrants to purchase 555,555 equity with an exercise price of $0.15 per share, expiring five (5) years from the date of issuance, at $0.09 per unit or $50,000; $26,650 ($0.05 per common share) and $23,350 ($0.04 per warrant share) were allocated as the relative fair value of the common stock and warrants, respectively.



16




On October 24, 2014, the Company entered into a Agency agreement (the "Agency Agreement") with TMA (the "Consultant”). Per the Agency Agreement, the Consultant will be authorized by the Company to act as its exclusive Agent solely for the purpose of introducing the Company to specific third party contacts with the objective of possible business opportunity associated with PSI, the Company's wholly owned subsidiary, for a period of ninety (90) days from execution. The Company agrees to pay an amount equal to six (6%) of the computed value of any transaction that occurs between the Company and the Third party. On October 27, 2014, the Company issued a one-time document preparation fee in the form of 35,000 shares of the Company's common shares. On November 19, 2014, the Company issued additional 300,000 common shares for the joint venture valuation services. The shares were valued at $0.10 per value, the closing price on the issuance date, or $33,500, all of which were expensed as consulting fees. No shares issued for consulting fees during the reporting period ending September 30, 2015.


On October 2, 2015, the Company entered into a Consulting agreement (the "Consulting Agreement") with a consulting firm (the "Consultant”). Under the terms and conditions of the Consulting Agreement, the Consultant agreed to create market awareness for the Company for a period of 60 days from the date of signing. As consideration for services, the Company would grant 300,000 restricted shares of its common stock.


On December 22, 2015, cancelled the advisory agreement dated May 21, 2015 with Delaney Equity Group Inc. for a final payment of $3,000 in advisor fees and 100,000 shares of its common stock instead of the 200,000 shares and $6,000 in cash as per section 5.a.v of the agreement.


For the quarter period ended December 31, 2015, the Company raised $409,000 from the issuance of (i) 4,200,001 common shares of the Company at $0.09 and $0.10 per share; (ii) warrants to purchase 5,750,001 common shares with an exercise price of $0.15 per share, expiring five (5) years from the date of issuance.


In January 2016, the Company raised $130,200 from the issuance of (i) 968,667 common shares of the Company at $0.10 and $0.15 per share; (ii) warrants to purchase 1,119,667 common shares with an exercise price of $0.15 and $0.18 per share, expiring five (5) years from the date of issuance.


Preferred Stock


The Company does not have any Preferred Stock authorized.


Dividends


We have not paid any cash dividends to our shareholders. The declaration of any future cash dividends is at the discretion of our board of directors and depends upon our earnings, if any, our capital requirements and financial position, and other pertinent conditions. It is our present intention not to pay any cash dividends in the foreseeable future, but rather to reinvest earnings, if any, in our business operations.

 

Warrants


On January 13, 2014 and March 28, 2014, the Company issued warrants to purchase 1,171,905 shares, in aggregate, consisting of warrants to purchase (i) 793,333 shares with an exercise price of $0.40 per share; (ii) 228,572 shares with an exercise price of $0.45 per share; and (iii) 150,000 shares with an exercise price of $0.65 per share expiring five (5) years from the date of issuance to the investors as part of the sale of equity units.


On April 4, 2014, the Company issued warrants to purchase 131,266 shares with an exercise price of $0.665 per share expiring five (5) years from the date of issuance in connection with the asset purchase agreement consummated on April 4, 2014.


On April 30, 2014, the Company issued warrants to purchase 57,222 shares with an exercise price of $0.65 per share expiring five (5) years from the date of issuance to the investors as part of the sale of equity units.


On July 22, 2014, the Company issued warrants to purchase 348,000 shares with an exercise price of $0.30 per share expiring five (5) years from the date of issuance as part of the sale of equity units


Between January and March 2015, the Company issued warrants to purchase 12,354,290 shares with an exercise price of $0.15 per share expiring five (5) years from the date of issuance as part of the sale of equity units.


In February 2015, the Company issued warrants to purchase 2,874,144 shares with an exercise price of $0.15 per share expiring five (5) years from the date of issuance with loan conversion.



17




In April 2015, the Company issued warrants to purchase 428,572 shares with an exercise price of $0.15 per share expiring five (5) years from the date of issuance with loan conversion.


In April 2015, the Company issued warrants to purchase 500,000 shares with an exercise price of $0.25 per share expiring five (5) years from the date of issuance for consultant services.


In April and June 2015, the Company issued warrants to purchase 4,954,665 shares with an exercise price of $0.25 per share expiring five (5) years from the date of issuance as part of the sale of equity units.


In August 2015, the Company issued warrants to purchase 966,666 shares with an exercise price of $0.25 per share expiring five (5) years from the date of issuance as part of the sale of equity units.


In September 2015, the Company issued warrants to purchase 555,555 shares with an exercise price of $0.15 per share expiring five (5) years from the date of issuance as part of the sale of equity units.


Summary of the Company’s Warrants Activities


The table below summarizes the Company’s warrants activities:


 

Number 

of

Warrant

Shares

 

Exercise 

Price

Range

Per Share

 

Weighted

Average

Exercise

Price

 

Fair Value

at Date

of Issuance

 

Aggregate

Intrinsic Value

Balance, September 30, 2013

14,396,293

 

$

0.01-2.31

 

$

0.42

 

$

1,289,152

 

$

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Granted

1,708,393

 

 

0.40-0.665

 

 

0.44

 

 

180,719

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Canceled

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercised

(1,500,000)

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Expired

-

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, September 30, 2014

14,554,686

 

$

0.01-2.31

 

$

0.46

 

$

1,469,871

 

$

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Granted

22,616,892

 

 

0.15-0.25

 

 

0.15-0.25

 

 

427,183

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Canceled

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercised

(800,000)

 

 

0.01

 

 

0.01

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Expired

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, September 30, 2015

36,371,578

 

$

0.01 - 2.31

 

$

0.32

 

$

1,840,934

 

$

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earned and exercisable, September 30, 2015

36,371,578

 

$

0.01 - 2.31

 

$

0.32

 

$

1,840,934

 

$

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unvested, September 30, 2015

-

 

$

-

 

$

-

 

$

-

 

$

-


Options


2010 Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan (“2010 Option Plan”)


On December 22, 2010, effective retroactively as of June 30, 2010, the Company’s board of directors approved the adoption of the “2010 Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan” (“2010 Option Plan”) by unanimous consent. The 2010 Option Plan was initiated to encourage and enable officers, directors, consultants, advisors and key employees of the Company to acquire and retain a proprietary interest in the Company by ownership of its common stock. A total of 7,500,000 of the authorized shares of the Company’s common stock may be subject to, or issued pursuant to, the terms of the plan.



18




During the quarter ended December 31, 2014, the Company issued an option to purchase 262,500 shares of its common stock to two officers of the Company with an exercise price of $0.11 per share expiring five (5) years from the date of issuance.


During the quarter ended March 31, 2015, the Company issued an option to purchase 262,500 shares of its common stock to two officers of the Company with an exercise price of $0.19 per share expiring five (5) years from the date of issuance.


During the quarter ended June 30, 2015, the Company issued an option to purchase 262,500 shares of its common stock to two officers of the Company with an exercise price of $0.135 per share expiring five (5) years from the date of issuance.


During the quarter ended September 30, 2015, the Company issued an option to purchase 262,500 shares of its common stock to two officers of the Company with an exercise price of $0.13 per share expiring five (5) years from the date of issuance.


On May 15, 2015, the Company issued an option to purchase 150,000 shares of its common stock to a Scientific Advisor of the Company with an exercise price of $0.25 per share expiring five (5) years from the date of issuance.


Summary of the Company’s Stock Option Activities


The table below summarizes the Company’s stock option activities:


 

Number 

of

Option 

Shares

 

Exercise 

Price

Range

Per Share

 

Weighted

Average

Exercise

Price

 

Fair Value

at Date

of Grant

 

Aggregate

Intrinsic Value

Balance, September 30, 2013

3,260,000

 

$

0.01 - 2.00

 

$

0.64

 

$

1,178,718

 

$

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Granted

2,312,500

 

 

0.125-0.40

 

 

0.40

 

 

225,880

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Canceled

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercised

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Expired

-

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, September 30, 2014

5,572,500

 

$

0.01 - 2.00

 

$

0.54

 

$

1,404,598

 

$

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Granted

1,200,000

 

 

0.11-0.25

 

 

0.15

 

 

79,631

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Canceled

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercised

(1,600,000)

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Expired

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Vested and exercisable, September 30, 2015

5,172,500

 

$

0.01 - 2.00

 

$

0.60

 

$

1,514,329

 

$

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unvested, September 30, 2015

-

 

$

-

 

$

-

 

$

-

 

$

-


As of September 30, 2015, there were 2,327,500 shares of stock options remaining available for issuance under the 2010 Plan.


Transfer Agent and Registrar


The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is Action Stock Transfer Corp., having an office situated at 2469 E. Fort Union Blvd, Ste 214, Salt Lake City, UT 84121 and its telephone number is (801) 274-1088.


INTERESTS OF NAMED EXPERTS AND COUNSEL


No expert or counsel named in this Annual Report as having prepared or certified any part of this Annual Report or having given an opinion upon the validity of the securities being registered or upon other legal matters in connection with the registration or offering of the common stock was employed on a contingency basis, or had, or is to receive, in connection with the offering, a substantial interest, direct or indirect, in the registrant or any of its parents or subsidiaries. Nor was any such person connected with the registrant or any of its parents or subsidiaries as a promoter, managing or principal underwriter, voting trustee, director, officer, or employee.



19




Our consolidated financial statements as of and for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2015 and 2014 are included in this Annual Report in reliance on the report of Li and Company, PC, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of that firm as experts in auditing and accounting.


ITEM 7.

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND PLAN OF OPERATIONS.


Forward Looking Statements


Except for historical information, the following Plan of Operation contains forward-looking statements based upon current expectations that involve certain risks and uncertainties. Such forward-looking statements include statements regarding, among other things, (a) our projected sales and profitability, (b) our growth strategies, (c) anticipated trends in our industry, (d) our future financing plans, (e) our anticipated needs for working capital, (f) our lack of operational experience and (g) the benefits related to ownership of our common stock. Forward-looking statements, which involve assumptions and describe our future plans, strategies, and expectations, are generally identifiable by use of the words “may,” “will,” “should,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “estimate,” “believe,” “intend,” or “project” or the negative of these words or other variations on these words or comparable terminology. This information may involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties, and other factors that may cause our actual results, performance, or achievements to be materially different from the future results, performance, or achievements expressed or implied by any forward-looking statements. These statements may be found under “Management’s Discussion and Analysis or Plan of Operations” and “Description of Business,” as well as in this Annual Report generally. Actual events or results may differ materially from those discussed in forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including, without limitation, the risks outlined under “Risk Factors” and matters described in this Annual Report generally. In light of these risks and uncertainties, there can be no assurance that the forward-looking statements contained in this Annual Report will in fact occur as projected.


Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.


The following discussion and analysis provides information which management believes is relevant to an assessment and understanding of our results of operations and financial condition. The discussion should be read along with our financial statements and notes thereto. This section includes a number of forward-looking statements that reflect our current views with respect to future events and financial performance. Forward-looking statements are often identified by words like believe, expect, estimate, anticipate, intend, project and similar expressions, or words which, by their nature, refer to future events. You should not place undue certainty on these forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements are subject to certain risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from our predictions.


Wellness Center USA, Inc. (the “Company”) was incorporated in the State of Nevada on June 30, 2010. Following that date, we were engaged in the development of “aminofactory.com”, a web-based online store designed to market customized vitamins and other nutritional supplements to the sports industry and health-minded public, and expanded into additional businesses within the healthcare and medical sectors through four acquisitions: CNS-Wellness LLC (“CNS”), Psoria-Shield Inc. (“PSI”), National Pain Centers. Inc. (“NPC”) and certain assets of SMI Holdings, Inc., d/b/a Stealth Mark, Inc.


CNS


CNS was acquired by the Company through a share exchange on August 2, 2012. It was operated as a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company until September 30, 2014, when the Company disposed of all of its issued and outstanding membership interests in CNS. The disposition was part of a settlement of proceedings filed by the Company against management and an entity affiliated with management. The disposition of interests was in consideration of management’s return of 7,300,000 shares of common stock in the Company issued to management in connection with the Company’s acquisition of CNS in 2012, which shares were returned to the Company’s treasury and then cancelled as part of the settlement. Each party to the proceedings released each of the others, and any and all claims that might be asserted against any of them, and the proceedings were dismissed with prejudice by the court.


PSI


PSI was incorporated under the laws of the state of Florida on June 17, 2009. On August 24, 2012, we acquired all of the issued and outstanding shares of stock in PSI. PSI is operated as a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company and managed by the PDC Joint Venture. On October 24, 2014, the Company entered into an Agency Agreement with TMA, to assist in the further development, marketing, licensing and/or sale of PSI technology and products. We believe that PSI’s operations and services provide an attractive complement to the Company’s operations and products and represent a viable alternative to current approaches to Ultra Violet (UV) phototherapy treatment of skin diseases.



20




PSI is a medical device design and manufacturing company. It designs, develops and markets a targeted ultraviolet (“UV”) phototherapy device called the Psoria-Light. The Psoria-Light is designated for use in targeted PUVA photochemistry and UVB phototherapy and is designed to treat certain skin conditions including psoriasis, vitiligo, atopic dermatitis (eczema), seborrheic dermatitis, and leukoderma. PSI intends to enter into agreements with third parties, in the United States and internationally, for the manufacture of component parts that make up the Psoria-Light and to license its proprietary technology to third parties domestically and in selected foreign markets.


The Psoria-Light consists of three components: a base console, a color display with touchscreen control, and a hand-held delivery device with a conduit (or tether) between the handheld device and the base console. PSI requires clearance by the United States Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”) to market and sell the device in the United States as well as permission from TUV SUD America Inc., PSI’s Notified Body, to affix the CE mark to the Psoria-Light in order to market and sell the device in countries of the European Union. To obtain FDA clearance and permission to affix the CE mark, PSI was required to conduct EMC and electrical safety testing, which it completed in the second quarter of 2011. PSI received FDA clearance on February 11, 2011 (no. K103540) and was granted permission to affix the CE mark on November 10, 2011. In its 510(k) application with the FDA (application number K103540), PSI asserted that the Psoria-Light was “substantially equivalent” in intended use and technology to two predicate devices, the X -Trac Excimer Laser, which has wide acceptance in the medical billing literature and has a large installed base in the U.S., and the Dualight, another competing targeted UV phototherapy device.


Psoriasis, eczema, and vitiligo, are common skin conditions that can be challenging to treat, and often cause the patient significant psychosocial stress. Patients undergo a variety of treatments to address these skin conditions, including routine consumption of systemic and biologic drug therapies which are highly toxic, reduce systemic immune system function, and come with a host of chemotherapy-like side effects. Ultraviolet (UV) phototherapy is a clinically validated treatment modality for these disorders.


Traditionally, “non-targeted” therapy was administered by lamps that emitted either UVA or UVB light to both diseased and healthy skin. While sunblocks or other UV barriers may be used to protect healthy skin, the UV administered in this manner must be low dosage to avoid excessive exposure of healthy tissue. Today, “targeted” UV phototherapy devices administer much higher dosages of light only to affected tissue, resulting in “clearance” in the case of psoriasis and eczema, and “repigmentation” in the case of vitiligo, at much faster rates than non-targeted (low dosage) UV treatments.


Targeted UV treatments are typically administered to smaller total body surface areas, and are therefore used to treat the most intense parts of a patient’s disease. Non-targeted UV treatment is typically used as a follow-up and for maintenance, capable of treating large surfaces of the body. Excimer laser devices (UVB at 308nm) are expensive and consume dangerous chemicals (Xenon and Chlorine). Mercury lamp devices (UVB and/or UVA) require expensive lamp replacements regularly and require special disposal (due to mercury content). Additionally, mercury lamp devices typically deliver wavelengths of light below 300nm. While within the UVB spectrum, it has been shown that wavelengths below 300nm produce significantly more “sunburn” type side effects than do wavelengths between 300 and 320nm without improvement in therapeutic benefit.


The Psoria-Light is a targeted UV phototherapy device which produces UVB light between 300 and 320 nm as well as UVA light between 350 and 395nm, does not consume dangerous chemicals or require special environmental disposal and is cost effective for clinicians, which will increase patient access to this type of treatment. It has several unique and advanced features that we believe will distinguish it from the non-targeted and targeted UV phototherapy devices that are currently being used by dermatologists and other healthcare providers. These features include the following: the utilization of deep narrow-band UVB (“NB-UVB”) LEDs as light sources; the ability to produce both UVA or NB-UVB therapeutic wavelengths; an integrated high resolution digital camera and patient record integration capabilities; the ability to export to an external USB memory device a PDF file of patient treatment information including a patent pending graph that includes digital images plotted against user tracked metrics which can be submitted to improve medical reimbursements; an accessory port and ability to update software; ease of placement and portability; advanced treatment site detection safety sensor; international language support; a warranty which includes the UV lamp(s); and a non-changeable treatment log (that does not include HIPPA information).


PSI has established an ISO 13485 compliant quality system for the Psoria-Light, which was first audited in the third quarter of 2011. This system is intended to ensure PSI devices will be manufactured in a controlled and reliable environment and that its resources follow similar practices and is required for sales in countries requiring a CE mark. PSI has also received Certified Space Technology designation from the Space Foundation, based on PSI’s incorporation of established NASA-funded LED technology.


PSI has registered a variety of domain names and established an initial website to include in depth information regarding psoriasis, eczema, vitiligo, and the Psoria-Light device. It has developed informational videos, flyers, booklets and tradeshow materials, as well as a database of U.S. dermatologists that can be used to assist sales personnel in contacting dermatologists that might be interested in the Psoria-Light device.



21




PSI began Psoria-Light Beta system deployment in January 2012. It is currently operating at a loss, and there is no assurance that its business development plans and strategies will ever be successful. PSI’s success depends upon the acceptance by healthcare providers and clients of Psoria-Light treatment as a preferred method of treatment for psoriasis and other UV-treatable skin conditions. Psoria-Light treatment appears to have been beneficial to clients, without demonstrable harmful side effects or safety issues, evidenced by over 10,000 treatments performed on more than 1,000 clients since 2012, domestically and in Mexico. In order for the Company to continue PSI operations it will need additional capital and it will have to successfully coordinate integration of PSI operations without materially and adversely affecting continuation and development of other Company operations.


PSI is operated by the PDC Joint Venture which is managed by our CEO, Andrew J. Kandalepas, and TMA’s principals, John Yorke and Chris Waugh. On October 24, 2014, the Company entered into an Agency Agreement with TMA, to assist in the further development, marketing, licensing and/or sale of PSI technology and products. On January 12, 2015, the Company and TMA formed PDC, a Joint Venture partnership to jointly pursue these ends. TMA’s Mr. Yorke and Mr. Waugh bring over 75 years of combined experience in delivering integrated consulting services in the medical device, supply and information technologies arenas.


NPC


NPC was incorporated under the laws of the state of Nevada on January 24, 2014. It is an Illinois-based management services provider. It was acquired by the Company on February 28, 2014 and is operated as a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company with four (4) full-time employees. NPC manages non-medical services in three clinics and two surgical centers in the Chicago-land area that provide diagnostic, surgical, treatment, research, advocacy, education, and setting standards and protocols within the interventional and multi-modal pain management, pursuant to a management service agreement dated as of February 28, 2014 by and between NPC and National Pain Centers, LLC ("NPC LLC"), which is owned by Dr. Jay Joshi, the president and CEO of NPC. Per the agreement, NPC LLC engages NPC to provide management services for a term period of five (5) years commencing on the effective date. During the term of this agreement, NPC LLC shall pay NPC the equivalent of 50% of all monies collected and as billed monthly to NPC LLC on net-30 term.


NPC is managed by its founder and CEO Dr. Jay Joshi, MD, DABA, DABAPM, FABAPM. Dr. Joshi also serves as the Company’s Chief Medical Officer (“CMO”) and as a member of its Board of Directors. Dr. Joshi is a nationally recognized double board certified Anesthesiologist and fellowship trained Interventional Spine and Pain Management physician whose capabilities combine clinical medicine, research, creativity, marketing, inventions, and business development. He is considered a National Key Opinion Leader in pain management. He has presented to a variety of audiences over 500 times, and has worked internationally at the World Health Organization (WHO).


SCI


SCI was incorporated under the laws of the state of Illinois on March 18, 2014. It is a Minnesota-based provider of Stealth Mark encryption and authentication solutions offering advanced product security technologies within the security and supply chain management vertical sectors. SCI acquired certain Stealth Mark assets on April 4, 2014 and operates as a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company with three (3) full-time and three (3) part-time employees, and independent contractors. It provides customers premiere authentication technology for the protection of brands and products from illicit counterfeiting and diversion activities. SCI enables the Company to offer a complete, simple to use, easy to implement, and cost effective turnkey system that is extremely difficult to compromise.


SCI is managed by its CEO, Ricky Howard. Mr. Howard has over thirty years of experience in operations management and executive positions in a variety of industries ranging from entrepreneurial startups to Fortune 500 companies. He joined Stealth Mark as V.P. of Operations at the early stage of development in 2006 and played an integral role in bringing the company’s capabilities to its present status including design and creation of its manufacturing capabilities, implementation of its ERP inventory controls system, software and hardware development, marketing and sales materials processes and day-to-day operational procedures and processes.


Aminofactory.com


Since the acquisitions and disposition described above, we have focused primarily upon development of acquired and disposed products, services and operations. During the period covered by this report, this line of business has not presented a material source of revenue and management is currently evaluating whether to continue or to terminate “aminofactory.com” activities.



22




Management


Presently, all business functions of the Company are managed by our CEO/director and founder, Andrew J. Kandalepas. He is responsible for developing and planning our business units, including product development, organizational structure, financing and administrational functions. His services shall be utilized until the Company is financially capable to engage additional staffing.


On January 12, 2015, the Company entered into the PDC Joint Venture Agreement with TMA to further develop, market, license and/or sell PSI technology and products. Mr. Kandalepas manages PSI activities with John Yorke and Chris Waugh, of TMA. Mr. Yorke started his career with Abbott Labs as an FDA specialist and then joined Kendall as a product manager for OR and CV products. He formed and operated Cardiomax, a $45M medical products distributorship. In 1991, he formed TFGI to assist start-up and small-cap companies to develop business plans, source funding and secure strategic partners. TFGI clients included PMG (Pennsylvania Merchant Group), J&J Development Company, Zures Medical Group, SCA Capital Partners, Forest Health Group and Hillman Medical. In 2013, TFGI merged with The ComedIT Group and Ocean Medical to form TMA, with Mr. Waugh.


Mr. Waugh earned a B.S. in Political Science from Princeton University, and served Mayors in New York City, Trenton and Jacksonville. In 1975, he founded Waugh & Company, a manufacturer of health care equipment which he managed until 1986. From 1986 to 1997, Mr. Waugh was the Managing Partner at the Bales Waugh Group, a firm specializing in sales and marketing recruitment for the medical technology sector. In 1998, he founded The ComedIT Group, which provided an integrated range of services to the medical technology market, including executive search, channel development, business-to-business brokering and consultant staffing. In 2013, The ComedIT Group became part of TMA, which combines over 75 years experience in delivering integrated consulting services to manufacturers, distributors and candidates in the medical device, supply and information technologies arenas.


Jay Joshi, M.D., DABA, DABAPM, FABAPM manages NPC’s business. Dr. Joshi is a nationally recognized double board certified Anesthesiologist and fellowship trained Interventional Spine and Pain Management physician whose capabilities combine clinical medicine, research, creativity, marketing, inventions, and business development. He is considered a National Key Opinion Leader in pain management. He has presented to a variety of audiences over 500 times, and has worked internationally at the World Health Organization (WHO). Although we have an Employment Agreement with Dr. Joshi, we cannot guarantee that he will remain affiliated with us.


Mr. Ricky Howard manages SCI’s business. Mr. Howard has over thirty years of experience in operations management and executive positions in a variety of industries ranging from entrepreneurial startups to Fortune 500 companies. He joined Stealth Mark as V.P. of Operations at the early stage of development in 2006 and played an integral role in bringing the company’s capabilities to its present status including design and creation of its manufacturing capabilities, implementation of its ERP inventory controls system, software and hardware development, marketing and sales materials processes and day-to-day operational procedures and processes. Although we have an Employment Agreement with Mr. Howard, we cannot guarantee that he will remain affiliated with us.

 

Results of Operations


For the Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2015


For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2015, we earned $433,111 in revenues, incurred $121,799 in cost of revenues, resulting $311,312 in gross profit. We expended $418,619; $478,905; $98,657; $58,475; $676,706; $0; $749,329; in consulting fees, professional fees, rent, research and development, personnel, selling, general and administrative expenses, respectively, and $4,963,414 one-time impairment of intangible assets and goodwill.


In accordance with Statement ASC 350,  “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets”, the impairment testing included a determination of the fair value of the Company’s reporting units, which are also the Company’s operating segments, using income and market multiples and discounted cash flows modeling. The results of the testing, which reflected the Company's PSI and NPC operations, indicated that the fair value of the Company’s reporting units was less than the carrying value of the Company’s reporting units, including goodwill. As a result, goodwill impairment was recorded at September 30, 2015.


The Company tested its long live assets’ recoverability annually or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that its carrying amount may not be recoverable. During the fiscal year ended September 30, 2015, based upon the results of its year end impairment evaluation of long-lived assets other than goodwill, the Company recorded a non-cash asset impairment charge of $2.1 million in the PSI reporting unit to reduce the PSI Acquired Technologies, Trademarks and non-compete to fair value. The results of this impairment evaluation resulted in a non-cash charge of $1.66 million to impair goodwill associated with the PSI reporting unit

The Company maintained three (3) business segments through the end of the period covered by this Report:



23




(i)

Medical Devices: which it provided through PSI, its wholly-owned subsidiary acquired on August 24, 2012, a developer, manufacturer, marketer and distributer of targeted Ultra Violet ("UV") phototherapy devices for the treatment of skin diseases;


(ii)

Practice Management Services: which it provided through NPC, its wholly-owned subsidiary acquired on February 28, 2014, which manages non-medical services in three clinics and two surgical centers in the Chicago-land area; and


(iii)

Authentication and Encryption Products and Services: which it provided through SCI, its wholly-owned subsidiary that on April 4, 2014 acquired certain assets of SMI Holdings, Inc. d/b/a Stealth Mark, Inc., including Stealth Mark tradenames and marks, and related encryption and authentication solutions offering advanced product security technologies within the security and supply chain management vertical sectors.


 The detailed segment information of the Company is as follows:


 

 

 

 

For the Year Ended

 

 

 

 

Ended

 

 

 

 

September 30, 2015

 

 

 

 

Corporate

 

 Medical Devices

 

 Mgmt of Medical Practice

 

 Authentication and Encryption

 

Total

 Revenue

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 Consulting services

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

35,000

 

35,000

 

 Management services - related party

 

-

 

-

 

337,368

 

-

 

337,368

 

 Sales

 

1,358

 

-

 

-

 

59,385

 

60,743

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 Total revenue

 

1,358

 

-

 

337,368

 

94,385

 

433,111

 

 

 

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

 

 Cost of goods sold

 

1,644

 

-

 

-

 

120,155

 

121,799

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 Gross margin

 

(286)

 

-

 

337,368

 

(25,770)

 

311,312

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 Operating expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 Consulting fees

 

352,061

 

66,558

 

-

 

-

 

418,619

 

 Professional fees

 

354,560

 

63,589

 

60,756

 

-

 

478,905

 

 Rent expense - related party

 

25,677

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

25,677

 

 Rent expense

 

-

 

25,680

 

21,700

 

25,600

 

72,980

 

 Research and development

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

 Salaries - officers

 

231,007

 

-

 

206,640

 

147,800

 

585,447

 

 Salaries - others

 

-

 

-

 

91,259

 

-

 

91,259

 

 Selling expenses

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

 Depreciation and amortization

 

161,357

 

225,002

 

-

 

43,495

 

429,854

 

 Impairment of intangible assets and goodwill

 

-

 

3,763,414

 

1,200,000

 

-

 

4,963,414

 

 General and administrative expenses

 

81,918

 

115,098

 

34,661

 

84,493

 

316,170

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 Total operating expenses

 

1,206,580

 

4,259,341

 

1,615,016

 

301,388

 

7,382,325

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 Loss from continuing operations

 

(1,206,866)

 

(4,259,341)

 

(1,277,648)

 

(327,158)

 

(7,071,013)


Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

As of September 30, 2015, our cash balance was $34,227 compared with $175,671 of 2014. The management estimated that our current monthly burn rate to be approximate $90,988 inclusive of WCUI, PSI, SCI and NPC. Our current cash on hand is not sufficient to maintain our daily operations for the next 12 months. The management of the Company intends to raise additional capital through private equity transactions or debt financing to fund our daily operations through next 12 months, however no assurance can be given that we will be successful in raising additional capital through private equity transactions or debt financing during the period. For the Period from October 1, 2014 through September 30, 2015, the Company has raised approximately $910,425 through the sale of certain equity units consisting of common stock and warrants to purchase common shares and certain exercised warrants. In the event that we are unable to raise sufficient capital through private equity transactions or debt financing we may have to reduce our operating expenses and maintain minimum level of operations.


Our independent registered public accounting firm issued a going concern opinion. This means that there is substantial doubt that we can continue as an on-going business for the next twelve months unless we obtain additional capital to pay our bills.



24




Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements


We have no off-balance sheet arrangements that have or are reasonably likely to have a current or future effect on our financial condition, changes in financial condition, revenues or expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources.


Patents, Trademarks, Franchises, Concessions, Royalty Agreements, or Labor Contracts


PSI received FDA clearance for the Psoria-Light on February 11, 2011 (no. K103540) and was granted permission to affix the CE mark for the Psoria-Light in the fourth quarter of 2011.


PSI’s founder and past president, Mr. Scot Johnson, filed a provisional patent application covering certain aspects of the technology that we intend to utilize in the development and commercialization of the Psoria-Light, including handheld ergonomics, emitter platform and LED arrangements, methods for treatment site detection, cooling methods, useful information displays, collection of digital images and graphical correlation to quantitative metrics, and base console designs. Two non-provisional patent applications were submitted claiming the prior filing date of the initial provisional application. The first non-provisional application describes a unique distance sensor located at the tip of the Psoria-Light hand-piece, which detects the treatment site based on a projected field. The sensor can detect electrolytic/conductive surfaces, such as human skin, without requiring any physical or direct electrical contact. Further, the unique sensor can sense the treatment site at any point about the tip of the hand-piece and without causing any attenuation of the therapeutic UV light output. The second non-provisional application describes the integration and use of a digital camera in the Psoria-Light, including the location of the digital camera and how and when it is used to conveniently correspond to real-life treatment routines, how images are displayed and captured to memory, and how the images are arranged in patient records are illustrated. Additionally, the second non-provisional application describes the inclusion of clinician defined variables, such as health-related quality of life scores, and their placement into a graphical arrangement relative to treatment site images. Both the initial provisional patent application and the two non-provisional patent applications are owned by Mr. Johnson, who has granted PSI the sole and exclusive, worldwide, paid-up, royalty-free, perpetual license under the initial provisional patent application, any non-provisional patent applications filed by him covering the technology described in the initial provisional patent application, and associated know-how, technical data, and improvements to develop and commercialize the Psoria-Light.


Mr. Johnson filed a second provisional patent application containing concepts for the improvement of microelectronics packages and thermal management solutions, the improvement of handheld phototherapy devices in general (either used on humans, animals, or plants, or used on inanimate objects), and replacement of laser therapy devices with LED devices. This second provisional patent application is owned by Mr. Johnson who has granted PSI the sole and exclusive, worldwide, paid-up, royalty-free, perpetual license under this second provisional patent application, any non-provisional patent applications filed by him covering the technology described in the second provisional patent application, and associated know-how, technical data, and improvements to develop and commercialize the Psoria-Light.


In addition to the foregoing, Stealth Mark devoted substantial effort and resources to develop and advance micro-particle security technologies in support of its business activities. Protection of the acquired Stealth Mark intellectual property is maintained through a combination of Patents, Trademarks, and Trade Secrets consisting of the following:



25




.S. Patent

Issued

“Title” – Summary

 

 

 

No. 6,647,649

November 18, 2003

“Micro-particle Taggant Systems”

 - Generation of Micro-particle codes from marks containing encrypted Micro-particles.

 

 

 

No. 7,720,254

May 18, 2010

“Automatic Micro-particle Mark Reader”

 - Automatic readers for interrogating Micro-particle marks.

 

 

 

No. 7,831.042

November 9, 2010

“Three-Dimensional Authentication Of Micro-particle Mark

 - Validation of 3D nature of micro-particle mark to protect against counterfeiting of mark.

 

 

 

No. 7,885,428

February 8, 2011

“Automatic Micro-particle Mark Reader”

 - Automatic readers for interrogating micro-particle marks (broadened protection).

 

 

 

No. 8,033,450

October 11, 2011

“Expression Codes For Micro-particle Marks Based On Signature Strings”

 - Generation of expression codes (“fingerprints”) unique to each micro-particle mark to protect against counterfeiting of marks.

 

 

 

No. 8,223,964

 July 17, 2012

“Three-Dimensional Authentication Of Micro-particle Mark

 - Validation of 3D nature of micro-particle mark to protect against counterfeiting of marks (broadened protection).



26




Europe

WO/EP Patent

Issued

“Title” – Summary

 

 

 

Appl. No. 07753043.4

Pending

“Expression Codes For Micro-particle Marks Based On Signature Strings”

 - Generation of expression codes (“fingerprints”) unique to each micro-particle mark to protect against counterfeiting of marks.

 

 

 

Appl. No. 07753034.3

Pending

“Three-Dimensional Authentication Of Micro-particle Mark

 - Validation of 3D nature of Micro-particle mark to protect against counterfeiting of mark.

 

 

 

Trademarks

Type

Countries

 

 

 

Stealth Mark®

Registered

United States

European Community

Australia

 

 

 

StealthFire™

Not Registered

United States

European Community


Trade Secrets


Stealth Mark proprietary technologies and capabilities being maintained as Trade Secrets include, but are not limited to:


·

Micro-particle Manufacturing

·

Micro-particle Color Systems

·

Technology advancements providing improvements in Automatic Reader performance

·

Software solutions supporting Micro-particle security solutions


We will assess the need for any additional patent, trademark or copyright applications, franchises, concessions royalty agreements or labor contracts on an ongoing basis.


Employees


We currently employ our executive officers, PDC with three (3) full-time employees and several independent contractors for PSI, four (4) full-time employees within NPC, our full time CEO and four (4) part-time employees and independent contractors within SCI. We have Employment Agreements with key executive management personnel with each subsidiary company, but none with Mr. Kandalepas, who currently serves as our Chairman, President, CEO and CFO.


Summary of Significant Accounting Policies.


The Company’s significant accounting policies are presented in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (see Note 2 of the audited consolidated financial statements included herein).


ITEM 7A.

QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK


Not applicable to a smaller reporting company.

 

ITEM 8.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA


Our consolidated financial statements are contained in pages F-1 through F-58 which appear at the end of this annual report.



27




ITEM 9.

CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE


None.


ITEM 9A.

CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES


Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures


Regulations under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”) require public companies to maintain “disclosure controls and procedures,” which are defined as controls and other procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the issuer in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported, within the time periods specified in the Securities and Exchange Commission's rules and forms. Disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by an issuer in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to the issuer's management, including its principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. A material weakness is a control deficiency (within the meaning of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (PCAOB) Auditing Standard No. 2) or combination of control deficiencies that result in more than a remote likelihood that a material misstatement of the annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected.


The Company carried out an evaluation, with the participation of the Company’s management, including the Company’s Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”), of the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined under Rule 13a-15(e) under the Exchange Act) as of September 30, 2015, the end of the period covered by this report. Based upon that evaluation, the Company’s CEO concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures are not effective at the reasonable assurance level due to the material weaknesses described below:


1.

The Company does not have written documentation of its internal control policies and procedures. Written documentation of key internal controls over financial reporting is a requirement of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act which is applicable to the Company. Management evaluated the impact of its failure to have written documentation of its internal controls and procedures on its assessment of its disclosure controls and procedures and has concluded that the control deficiency that resulted represented a material weakness.


2.

The Company’s board of directors has no audit committee, independent director or member with financial expertise which causes ineffective oversight of the Company’s external financial reporting and internal control over financial reporting.


3.

The Company does not have sufficient segregation of duties within its accounting functions, which is a basic internal control. Due to its size and nature, segregation of all conflicting duties may not always be possible and may not be economically feasible. However, to the extent possible, the initiation of transactions, the custody of assets and the recording of transactions should be performed by separate individuals. Management evaluated the impact of its failure to have segregation of duties on its assessment of its disclosure controls and procedures and has concluded that the control deficiency that resulted represented a material weakness.


4.

The Company has had, and continues to have, a significant number of audit adjustments. Audit adjustments are the result of a failure of the internal controls to prevent or detect misstatements of accounting information. The failure could be due to inadequate design of the internal controls, a misapplication or override of controls, or the lack of any board member with financial expertise. Management evaluated the impact of the significant number of audit adjustments and has concluded that the control deficiency that resulted represented a material weakness.


In light of the material weaknesses, the management of the Company performed additional analysis and other post-closing procedures to ensure our consolidated financial statements were prepared in accordance with the accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Accordingly, we believe that our consolidated financial statements included herein fairly present, in all material respects, our consolidated financial condition, consolidated results of operations and cash flows as of and for the reporting periods then ended.



28




Remediation of Material Weaknesses


We intend to remediate the material weaknesses in our disclosure controls and procedures identified above by adding independent directors or members with financial expertise and/or hiring a full-time CFO, with SEC reporting experience, in the future when working capital permits and by working with our independent registered public accounting firm and refining our disclosure controls and procedures. To date, we have not been successful in reducing the number of audit adjustments, but will continue our efforts in the coming fiscal year as more fully detailed below.


Management's Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting


Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Internal control over financial reporting is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) or 15d-15(f) promulgated under the Exchange Act as a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the issuer’s principal executive and principal financial officer and effected by the issuer’s board of directors, management and other personnel, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and includes those policies and procedures that:


 

·

Pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the issuer;

 

 

 

 

·

Provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the issuer; and

 

 

 

 

·

Provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the issuer’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.


Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. All internal control systems, no matter how well designed, have inherent limitations. Therefore, even those systems determined to be effective can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and presentation. Because of the inherent limitations of internal control, there is a risk that material misstatements may not be prevented or detected on a timely basis by internal control over financial reporting. However, these inherent limitations are known features of the financial reporting process. Therefore, it is possible to design into the process safeguards to reduce, though not eliminate, this risk.


As of the end of our most recent fiscal year, management assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based on the criteria for effective internal control over financial reporting established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission ("COSO") and SEC guidance on conducting such assessments. Based on that evaluation, they concluded that, as of September 30, 2015, such internal control over financial reporting was not effective. This was due to deficiencies that existed in the design or operation of our internal control over financial reporting that adversely affected our internal controls and that may be considered to be material weaknesses.


The matters involving internal control over financial reporting that our management considered to be material weaknesses under the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board were: (1) lack of a functioning audit committee due to a lack of a majority of independent members and a lack of a majority of outside directors on our board of directors, resulting in ineffective oversight in the establishment and monitoring of required internal controls and procedures; (2) inadequate segregation of duties consistent with control objectives of having segregation of the initiation of transactions, the recording of transactions and the custody of assets; and (3) ineffective controls over period end financial disclosure and reporting processes. The aforementioned material weaknesses were identified by our Chief Executive Officer in connection with the review of our financial statements as of September 30, 2015.


To address the material weaknesses set forth in items (2) and (3) discussed above, management performed additional analyses and other procedures to ensure that the financial statements included herein fairly present, in all material respects, our financial position, results of operations and cash flows for the periods presented.



29




This annual report does not include an attestation report of the Company's independent registered public accounting firm regarding internal control over financial reporting. Management's report was not subject to attestation by the Company's independent registered public accounting firm pursuant to the rules of the SEC that permit the Company to provide only the management's report in this annual report.


Management's Remediation Initiatives


In an effort to remediate the identified material weaknesses and other deficiencies and enhance our internal controls, we have initiated, or plan to initiate, the following series of measures:


We will increase our personnel resources and technical accounting expertise within the accounting function when funds are available to us. First, we will create a position to segregate duties consistent with control objectives of having separate individuals perform (i) the initiation of transactions, (ii) the recording of transactions and (iii) the custody of assets. Second, we will create a senior position to focus on financial reporting and standardizing and documenting our accounting procedures with the goal of increasing the effectiveness of the internal controls in preventing and detecting misstatements of accounting information. Third, we plan to appoint one or more outside directors to our board of directors who shall be appointed to an audit committee resulting in a fully functioning audit committee who will undertake the oversight in the establishment and monitoring of required internal controls and procedures such as reviewing and approving estimates and assumptions made by management when funds are available to us.


Management believes that the appointment of one or more outside directors, who shall be appointed to a fully functioning audit committee, will remedy the lack of a functioning audit committee and a lack of a majority of outside directors on our Board.


We anticipate that these initiatives will be at least partially, if not fully, implemented by September, 2016 when funding is available. Additionally, we plan to test our updated controls and remediate our deficiencies by September, 2016.


Changes in internal controls


There have been no changes in our internal control over financial reporting (as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15 (f) under the Exchange Act) during the fourth quarter of our fiscal year 2015 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.


PART III

 

ITEM 10.

DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS, AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE


Directors, Executive Officer and Control Persons


The following table sets forth the names and ages of our current directors and executive officers. Also the principal offices and positions with us held by each person and the date such person became a director or executive officer. Each executive officer was appointed by our Board of Directors. Our directors serve until the earlier occurrence of the election of his or her successor at the next meeting of stockholders, death, resignation or removal by the Board of Directors. There are no family relationships among our directors, and executive officers.


Name

Age

Position

Date

 

 

 

 

Andrew J. Kandalepas

63

Chairman, President, Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer

June 2010

 

 

 

 

Periklis Papadopoulos

52

Director

Nov. 2010

 

 

 

 

Dr. Jay Joshi, M.D.

39

Director, Secretary, President, NPC

Feb. 2014

 

 

 

 

Ricky Howard

62

President, CEO, SCI

April 2014


Audit Committee


The Board of Directors determined not to establish an audit committee at present because of our limited resources and limited operating activities do not warrant the formation of an audit committee or the expense of doing so. We do not have a financial expert serving on the Board of Directors who meets the criteria for a financial expert under Item 401(e) of Regulation S-B due to our limited financial resources.



30




Certain Legal Proceedings

 

No director, nominee for director, or executive officer of the Company has appeared as a party in any legal proceeding material to an evaluation of his ability or integrity during the past five years.

 

Compliance With Section 16(A) Of The Exchange Act.


Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act requires the Company’s officers and directors, and persons who beneficially own more than 10% of a registered class of the Company’s equity securities, to file reports of ownership and changes in ownership with the Securities and Exchange Commission and are required to furnish copies to the Company.


ITEM 11.

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION


Executive Compensation

 

Summary Compensation Table


Name and Position

Year

($)

Salary

($)

Other Annual

Compensation

Bonus ($)

Restricted

Stock

(Shares)

Options

Awards

(Shares)

LTIP

SARs ($)

Payouts

($)

All Other

Compensation

($)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Andrew J. Kandalepas,

2015

231,007

0

0

0

0

0

0

Chairman, President and CEO (1)

2014

198,193

0

0

0

0

0

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Periklis Papadopoulos, Ph.D.,

2015

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

Director (2)

2014

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Evan T. Manolis,

2015

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

MD (2)(3)

2014

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dr Jay Joshi,

2015

206,640

0

0

0

0

0

0

President of NPC, Director

2014

200,000

0

0

600,000

0

0

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rick Howard, President,

2015

147,800

0

0

0

0

0

0

CEO of StealthCo

2014

100,000

0

0

250,000

0

0

0


(1)

Upon formation the Company issued to the Company’s founder (i) 3,665,000 shares of its common stock valued at par, or $3,665 and (ii) an option to purchase 1,600,000 shares of its common stock with an exercise price of $0.01 per share expiring five (5) years from the date of issuance valued at nil, on the date of grant, as officer's compensation.


(2)

On June 30, 2011 the Company issued 125,000 shares each or 250,000 shares of its common stock in aggregate, valued at $250 on the date of issuance to the two (2) then outside members of the board of directors as compensation.


(3)

Resigned as a Director as of April 11, 2014.


There are no annuity, pension or retirement benefits proposed to be paid to officers, directors or employees in the event of retirement at normal retirement date pursuant to any presently existing plan provided or contributed to by the Company or any of its subsidiaries, if any.


Employment Agreements


We have Employment Agreements with our executive officers (excluding Mr. Kandalepas), and with key executive management personnel of each of our subsidiary companies. Each agreement is for a term of three years and provides an annual base salary ranging from $100,000 to $200,000, subject to increase, but not decrease, from time to time as determined by the Board of Directors. Employment under each agreement is at will and terminable by either party at any time. If an Employment Agreement is terminated by the executive for good reason (as defined therein), or by the Company other than for cause (as defined therein), the executive is entitled to pay through the termination date plus severance pay of up to three (3) month’s base pay for each full year of service then remaining. If an Employment Agreement is terminated by the executive for other than good reason, or by the Company for cause, the executive is entitled only to pay through the termination date and a portion of Company shares, options or warrants, if any, held by him or for his benefit are subject to forfeiture. Each Employment Agreement contains covenants not to compete, secrecy and non-interference which apply during employment and continue for a period of two years following termination.



31




Stock Option Plan


On December 22, 2010, effective retroactively as of June 30, 2010, the Company’s Board of Directors approved the adoption of the “2010 Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan” (“2010 Option Plan”) by unanimous consent. The 2010 Option Plan was initiated to encourage and enable officers, directors, consultants, advisors and key employees of the Company to acquire and retain a proprietary interest in the Company by ownership of its common stock. A total of 7,500,000 of the authorized shares of the Company’s common stock may be subject to, or issued pursuant to, the terms of the plan. The number of shares to be received upon the exercise of an option and the exercise price to be paid for a share may be adjusted from time to time as provided in Section 7 of the plan, which is presented in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (see Note 12 of the audited consolidated financial statements included herein).


The Company’s policy is to recognize compensation cost for awards with only service conditions and a graded vesting schedule on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for the entire award. Additionally, the Company’s policy is to issue new shares of common stock to satisfy stock option exercises.


ITEM 12.

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT


Principal Shareholders


The following table presents certain information regarding the beneficial ownership of all shares of common stock at the date of this Annual Report, for each executive officer and director of our Company and for each person known to us who owns beneficially more than five percent (5%) of the issued and outstanding shares of our common stock.


Name and Address of Beneficial Owner (1)

Number of

Shares (2)

 

Options to Acquire Number of

Shares (2)

 

Warrants to Acquire Number of

Shares (2)

 

Number of

Shares Inclusive of Options and Warrants

 

Percentage

(%) of Security Ownership

Andrew J. Kandalepas, Chairman, President and CEO (*)

5,265,000

 

-

 

-

 

5,265,000

 

5.00%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Periklis Papadopoulos, Director (*)

225,000

 

100,000

 

-

 

325,000

 

0.30%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dr. Jay Joshi, Director (*)

5,283,334

 

1,400,000

 

-

 

6,683,334

 

6.30%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ricky Howard (*)

-

 

562,500

 

-

 

562,500

 

0.50%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Officers and Directors as a group

10,773,334

 

2,062,500

 

-

 

12,835,834

 

12.10%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total issued and outstanding

64,539,683

 

5,172,500

 

36,371,578

 

106,083,761

 

100.00%


(1)

Except as otherwise noted below, the address of each of the persons shown in the above table is c/o Wellness Center USA, Inc. 1014 E Algonquin Rd, Ste. 111, Schaumburg, IL, 60173.


(2)

Includes, where applicable, shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options or warrants to acquire common stock held by such person that may be exercised within 60 days after September 30, 2015. Also includes unvested shares of restricted stock as to which such person has voting power but no dispositive power. Unless otherwise indicated, we believe that all persons named in the table above have sole voting power and/or investment power with respect to all shares of common stock beneficially owned by them.



32




ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE 


Related Party Transactions


Related parties with whom the Company had transactions are:


Related Parties

Relationship

Related Party Transactions

Business Purpose of transactions

Management and significant stockholder

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Andrew J. Kandalepas

Chairman, CEO and significant stockholder

Note receivable - Officer

Working capital

 

 

 

 

Jay Joshi, MD

Chief Medical Officer of the Company, President and CEO of NPC, stockholder and director

Shareholder Loan

Working capital

 

 

 

 

Entity controlled by significant stockholder

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

National Pain Centers, LLC

An entity owned and controlled by Dr. Jay Joshi, MD, Chief Medical Officer of the Company, President and CEO of NPC, stockholder and director

Management services provided to NPC, LLC

Management of medical practices.


Advances from Stockholders


From time to time, stockholders of the Company advance funds to the Company for working capital purpose. Those advances are unsecured, non-interest bearing and due on demand.


Management service agreement between NPC and National Pain Centers, LLC


On February 28, 2014, NPC, the Company's wholly-owned subsidiary, entered into a management service agreement with National Pain Centers, LLC ("NPC LLC"), which is owned by Dr. Jay Joshi, the president and CEO of NPC. Per the agreement, NPC LLC engages NPC to provide Management services for a term period of five (5) years commencing on the effective date. During the term of this agreement, NPCLLC shall pay NPC the equivalent of 50% of all monies collected and as billed monthly to NPCLLC on net-30 term.



33




Note Receivable – Chairman, President and CEO


 

September 30, 2015

 

September 30, 2014

On September 30, 2013, Mr. Andrew Kandalepas, Chairman, President and CEO of the Company (“Maker”), issued a note to pay to the order of Wellness Center USA, Inc. ("Lender"), the principal sum of Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000), together with interest at 7.0% per annum, in six quarterly payments of principal and accrued interest, beginning on April 1, 2014 and continuing on the first day of each calendar quarter thereafter, with all principal and interest to be paid in full on or before July 1, 2015 (the "Maturity Date"). After the Maturity Date, and in addition to the interest described above which is due on or prior to the Maturity Date, Maker shall pay interest on the balance of principal remaining unpaid during any such period at an annual rate equal to ten percent (10%) (the "Default Rate"). The interest accruing under this paragraph shall be immediately due and payable by Maker to, and shall be additional indebtedness evidenced by, this Note. On January 5, 2015, the Company and the Maker mutually agreed to amend the note with more favorable terms. The amended note principal is the original note balance and the accrued interest as of December 31, 2015 for a total of $197,028, together with interest on the principal amount due shall be paid from time to time at the rate of two percent (2.0%) per annum, in 20 quarterly payments, beginning on October 1, 2015 and continuing on the first day of each calendar quarter thereafter, with all principal and interest to be paid in full on or before September 30, 2020 (the "Maturity Date"), Maker shall pay interest on the balance of principal remaining unpaid during any such period at an annual rate equal to four percent (4%) (the "Default Rate").

$

250,000

 

 

250,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

Repayments from inception to date

 

(52,972)

 

 

(35,000)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Remaining balance

 

197,028

 

 

215,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current maturity of note receivable - Chairman, President and CEO

 

(36,299)

 

 

(127,233)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Note receivable - Chairman, President and CEO, net of current maturity

$

160,729

 

$

87,767


Director Independence


Currently, the Company does not have a policy that its directors or a majority of its directors be independent of management. The Company intends to implement a policy that a majority of the Board members be independent of the Company’s management as the members of the board of directors increases.


ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES


Audit Fees


We were billed $79,500 and $68,000 for the audit and reviews of our financial statements included in our periodic and other reports filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission for our fiscal year ended September 30, 2015 and 2014, respectively.


Tax Fees


For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2015 and 2014, we were billed $4,500 and $4,500 for professional services rendered for tax compliance, respectively.


All Other Fees


For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2015 and 2014, we were billed $0 and $0 for professional services rendered for the review of super 8-K, pro forma combined financial statements and response to the SEC comments, respectively.



34




Pre-approval of All Services from the Independent Auditors


Effective May 6, 2003, the Securities and Exchange Commission adopted rules that require that before our auditor is engaged by us or our subsidiaries to render any auditing or permitted non-audit related service, the engagement be:


·

approved by our audit committee; or


·

entered into pursuant to pre-approval policies and procedures established by the audit committee, provided the policies and procedures are detailed as to the particular service, the audit committee is informed of each service, and such policies and procedures do not include delegation of the audit committee's responsibilities to management.


We do not have an audit committee, however our board of directors acts as the audit committee, established pre-approval policies and procedures as to the particular service which do not include delegation of the audit committee's responsibilities to management. Our board of directors pre-approves all services provided by our independent auditors and is informed of each service.


PART IV


ITEM 15. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.


a) Documents filed as part of this Annual Report

 

1. Financial Statements

 

2. Financial Statement Schedules

 

3. Exhibits


Exhibit Number

 


Description of Document

 

Filed Herewith

 


Incorporated by Reference To:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2.1

 

Exchange Agreement dated May 30, 2012 by and between CNS Wellness Florida LLC and Wellness Center USA, Inc.

 

 

 

Exhibit 2.1 to the Registrant’s Amended Current Report on Form 8-KA3 filed on January 22, 2013.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2.2

 

Exchange Agreement dated June 21, 2012 by and between Psoria-Shield Inc. and Wellness Center USA, Inc.

 

 

 

Exhibit 2.2 to the Registrant’s Amended Current Report on Form 8-KA3 filed on January 22, 2013.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2.3

 

Letter of Understanding dated September 20, 2011 by and between Wellness Center USA, Inc. and Protein Factory.

 

 

 

Exhibit 2.3 to the Registrant’s Amended Current Report on Form 8-KA3 filed on January 22, 2013.

2.4

 

Exchange Agreement dated February 28, 2014 by and between National Pain Centers, Inc. and Wellness Center USA, Inc.

 

 

 

Exhibit 2.4 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 28, 2014.

2.5

 

Purchase Agreement dated March 31, 2014 by and between SMI Holdings, Inc. d/b/a Stealth Mark, Inc. and Stealthco, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of Wellness Center USA, Inc.

 

 

 

Exhibit 2.5 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on April 9, 2014.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.1

 

Articles of Incorporation of the Registrant as filed with the Secretary of State of Nevada.

 

 

 

Exhibits 3.2 to the Registrant’s Amended Registration Statement on Form S-1A1 filed on July 7, 2011.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.2

 

Bylaws of the registrant.

 

 

 

Exhibits 3.2 to the Registrant’s Amended Registration Statement on Form S-1A1 filed on July 7, 2011.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.1

 

Subscription Agreement

 

 

 

Exhibits 99.1 to the Registrant’s Amended Registration Statement on Form S-1A1 filed on July 7, 2011.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



35




4.2

 

Form of warrant

 

 

 

Exhibits 99.2 to the Registrant’s Amended Registration Statement on Form S-1A1 filed on July 7, 2011.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.3

 

2010 Non-Qualified Stock Compensation Plan

 

 

 

Exhibits 99.3 to the Registrant’s Amended Registration Statement on Form S-1A1 filed on July 7, 2011.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5.1

 

Employment Agreement dated as of August 2, 2012 by and between William A. Lambos and Wellness Center USA, Inc.

 

 

 

Exhibit 5.1 to the Registrant’s Amended Current Report on Form 8-KA3 filed on January 22, 2013.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5.2

 

Employment Agreement dated as of August 2, 2012 by and between Peter A. Hannouche and Wellness Center USA, Inc.

 

 

 

Exhibit 5.2 to the Registrant’s Amended Current Report on Form 8-KA3 filed on January 22, 2013.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5.3

 

Employment Agreement dated as of August 24, 2012 by and between Scot L. Johnson and Wellness Center USA, Inc.

 

 

 

Exhibit 5.3 to the Registrant’s Amended Current Report on Form 8-KA3 filed on January 22, 2013.


5.4

 

Employment Agreement dated as of February 28, 2014 by and between Jay Joshi, M.D. and Wellness Center USA, Inc.

 

 

 

Exhibit 5.4 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 28, 2014.

5.5

 

Employment Agreement dated as of July 1, 2014 by and between Randy Howard and Wellness Center USA, Inc.

 

 

 

Exhibit 5.5 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on January

15, 2015.

5.6

 

Consulting Agreement dated as of April 11, 2014 by and between Scot L. Johnson and Wellness Center USA, Inc.

 

 

 

Exhibit 5.6 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on April 17, 2014.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.1

 

Note dated August 9, 2010 by CNS Wellness Florida LLC in favor of a family member of one of its members in the principal amount of $37,139.

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Amended Current Report on Form 8-KA3 filed on January 22, 2013.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.2

 

Note dated August 2, 2012 by CNS Wellness Florida LLC in favor of William A. Lambos in the amount of $ 120,886.30.

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Amended Current Report on Form 8-KA3 filed on January 22, 2013.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.3

 

Note dated August 2, 2012 by CNS Wellness Florida LLC in favor of Peter A. Hannouche in the amount of $ 75,322.14.

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant’s Amended Current Report on Form 8-KA3 filed on January 22, 2013.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.4

 

License Agreement dated as of August 25, 2009 by and between Psoria-Shield Inc. and Scot L. Johnson.

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.4 to the Registrant’s Amended Current Report on Form 8-KA3 filed on January 22, 2013.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.5

 

License Agreement dated as of December 11, 2010 by and between Psoria-Shield Inc. and Scot L. Johnson.

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.5 to the Registrant’s Amended Current Report on Form 8-KA3 filed on January 22, 2013.


10.6

 

Management Service Agreement dated as of February 28, 2014 by and between National Pain Centers, Inc. and National Pain Centers, LLC

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.6 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on January

15, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.7

 

Agency Agreement dated as of October 24, 2014 by and between The Medical Alliance, Inc., Psoria-Shield, Inc. and Wellness Center USA, Inc.

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.7 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on January

15, 2015



36




 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.8

 

Joint Venture Agreement dated as of January12, 2015 by and between The Medical Alliance, Inc., Psoria-Shield, Inc. and Wellness Center USA, Inc.

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.8 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on January

15, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

21.1

 

List of subsidiaries of the Registrant

 

 

 

Exhibit 21.1 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on January

15, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

31.1

 

Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (*)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

31.2

 

Certification of Principal Accounting Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (**)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

32.1

 

Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (*)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

32.2

 

Certification of Principal Accounting Officer Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (***)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

101.INS

 

XBRL Instance Document ****

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

101. SCH

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Linkbase Document ****

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

101.CAL

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document ****

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

101.DEF

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document ****

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

101.LAB

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document ****

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

101.PRE

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document ****

 

 

 

 


(*)

Filed herewith.


(**)

Included in Exhibit 32.1


(***)

Included in Exhibit 32.2


(****)

Pursuant to Rule 406T of Regulation S-T, these interactive data files are deemed not filed or part of a registration statement or prospectus for purposes of Sections 11 or 12 of the Securities Act of 1933 or Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and otherwise are not subject to liability.


 



37




SIGNATURES


Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, there unto duly authorized..


 

WELLNESS CENTER USA, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

Date: January 29, 2016

By: /s/ Andrew J. Kandalepas

 

 

Andrew J. Kandalepas

Chairman, President, Chief Executive Officer, Chief Accounting Officer and Chief Financial Officer

(Duly Authorized Principal Executive Officer)


POWER OF ATTORNEY


Each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints severally Andrew J. Kandalepas, his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution and re-substitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and hereby grants to such attorney-in-fact and agent, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact and agent, or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.


Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.


SIGNATURE

 

TITLE

 

DATE

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Andrew J. Kandalepas

 

Chairman, President, Chief Executive Officer, Chief Accounting Officer and Chief Financial Officer

 

 January 29, 2016

Andrew J. Kandalepas

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Periklis Papadopoulos

 

Director

 

January 29, 2016

Periklis Papadopoulos

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Jay Joshi, M.D.

 

Director, President NPC

 

January 29, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 




38






Wellness Center USA, Inc.


September 30, 2015 and 2014


Index to the Consolidated Financial Statements


Contents

Page(s)


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

F-2


Consolidated Balance Sheets at September 30, 2015 and 2014

F-3


Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Reporting Period Ended September 30, 2015 and 2014

F-5


Consolidated Statement of Stockholders’ Equity for the Reporting Period Ended September 30, 2015 and 2014

F-6


Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Reporting Period Ended September 30, 2015 and 2014

F-11


Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

F-13





F-1






REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM


The Board of Directors and Stockholders

Wellness Center USA, Inc.


We have audited the consolidated balance sheets of Wellness Center USA, Inc. (the “Company”) as of September 30, 2015 and 2014 and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity (deficit) and cash flows for the reporting periods then ended. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.


We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.


In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of September 30, 2015 and 2014 and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the reporting periods then ended in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.


The consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company had an accumulated deficit at September 30, 2015, a net loss and net cash used in operating activities for the reporting period then ended. These factors raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. Management’s plans in regards to these matters are also described in Note 3. The consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.



/s/Li and Company, PC


Li and Company, PC


Skillman, New Jersey

January 29, 2016



F-2






Wellness Center USA, Inc.

Consolidated Balance Sheets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

September 30, 2015

 

September 30, 2014

 ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 Current Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 Cash

$

34,227

 

$

175,671

 

 Accounts receivable, net

 

-

 

 

12,863

 

 Inventories

 

213,501

 

 

269,990

 

 Current maturity of note receivable - Chairman and CEO

 

36,299

 

 

127,233

 

 Interest receivable on note receivable from Chairman and CEO

 

-

 

 

15,638

 

 Prepayments and other current assets

 

26,571

 

 

2,470

 

 

 Total current assets

 

310,598

 

 

603,865

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 Property and Equipment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 Property and equipment

 

104,042

 

 

102,366

 

 Accumulated depreciation

 

(74,418)

 

 

(57,702)

 

 

 Property and equipment, net

 

29,624

 

 

44,664

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 Patents and Exclusive Licenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 Patents and exclusive licenses and patents

 

361,290

 

 

384,803

 

 Accumulated amortization

 

(54,847)

 

 

(12,156)

 

 

 Patents and exclusive licenses, net

 

306,443

 

 

372,647

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 Acquired Technologies

 

 

 

 

 

 

 Acquired technologies

 

2,095,000

 

 

2,095,000

 

 Accumulated amortization

 

(322,973)

 

 

(218,225)

 

 Accumulated impairment

 

(1,749,027)

 

 

-

 

 

 Acquired technologies, net

 

23,000

 

 

1,876,775

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 Non-Compete Agreements

 

 

 

 

 

 

 Non-compete agreements

 

120,000

 

 

120,000

 

 Accumulated amortization

 

(92,500)

 

 

(62,500)

 

 Accumulated impairment

 

(27,500)

 

 

-

 

 

 Non-compete agreements, net

 

-

 

 

57,500

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 Trademarks

 

 

 

 

 

 

 Trademarks

 

630,000

 

 

630,000

 

 Accumulated amortization

 

(277,500)

 

 

(187,500)

 

 Accumulated impairment

 

(325,600)

 

 

-

 

 

 Trademarks, net

 

26,900

 

 

442,500

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 Website Development Costs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 Website development costs

 

22,809

 

 

22,809

 

 Accumulated amortization

 

(22,809)

 

 

(17,261)

 

 

 Website development costs, net

 

-

 

 

5,548

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 Goodwill

 

 

 

 

 

 

 Goodwill

 

2,916,603

 

 

2,916,603

 

 Accumulated impairment

 

(2,861,287)

 

 

-

 

 

 Goodwill, net

 

55,316

 

 

2,916,603

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 Other assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 Note receivable - Chairman and CEO, net of current maturity

 

160,729

 

 

87,767

 

 Security deposits

 

1,760

 

 

1,760

 

 

 

 Total other assets

 

162,489

 

 

89,527

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 Total assets

$

914,370

 

$

6,409,629


(Continued)



F-3






 LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 Current Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 Accounts payable

$

114,454

 

$

139,212

 

 Accrued interest

 

-

 

 

26,667

 

 Accrued payroll - officers

 

132,051

 

 

210,077

 

 Accrued payroll liabilities

 

30,931

 

 

75,577

 

 Accrued warranty

 

-

 

 

12,000

 

 Credit cards payable

 

298

 

 

23,426

 

 Deferred revenues

 

37,500

 

 

25,000

 

 Advances from related party

 

40,773

 

 

59,943

 

 Customer deposits

 

-

 

 

3,128

 

 Notes payable

 

114,023

 

 

24,000

 

 Convertible notes payable - JMJ

 

-

 

 

204,166

 

 Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

 

456,832

 

 

278,542

 

 

 Total current liabilities

 

926,862

 

 

1,081,738

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 Total liabilities

 

926,862

 

 

1,081,738

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 Commitments and Contingencies

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 Stockholders' Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 Common stock par value $0.001: 75,000,000 shares authorized;

 

 

 

 

 

 

    64,539,684 and 45,236,794 shares issued and outstanding, respectively

 

64,540

 

 

45,237

 

 Additional paid-in capital

 

14,534,003

 

 

13,518,987

 

 Accumulated deficit

 

(14,535,935)

 

 

(8,236,333)

 

 

 Total WCUI stockholders' equity

 

62,609

 

 

5,327,891

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 Non-controlling interest

 

(75,101)

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 Total liabilities and stockholders' equity

$

914,370

 

$

6,409,629


See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.




F-4






Wellness Center USA, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Operations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For the Fiscal Year

 

For the Fiscal Year

 

 

 

Ended

 

Ended

 

 

 

September 30, 2015

 

September 30, 2014

 Revenue

 

 

 

 

 

 

 Client services

$

35,000

 

$

-

 

 Management services - related party

 

337,368

 

 

196,299

 

 Sales

 

60,743

 

 

28,885

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 Total revenue

 

433,111

 

 

225,184

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 Cost of goods sold

 

121,799

 

 

3,113

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 Gross margin

 

311,312

 

 

222,071

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 Operating expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 Consulting fees

 

418,619

 

 

234,711

 

 Professional fees

 

478,905

 

 

233,241

 

 Rent expense - related party

 

25,677

 

 

24,878

 

 Rent expense

 

72,980

 

 

49,820

 

 Research and development

 

58,475

 

 

-

 

 Salaries - officers

 

585,447

 

 

720,894

 

 Salaries - others

 

91,259

 

 

134,357

 

 Selling expenses

 

-

 

 

34,928

 

 Depreciation and amortization

 

429,854

 

 

275,209

 

 Impairment of intangible assets and goodwill

 

4,963,414

 

 

3,308,925

 

 General and administrative expenses

 

319,475

 

 

266,132

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 Total operating expenses

 

7,444,105

 

 

5,283,095

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 Loss from continuing operations

 

(7,132,793)

 

 

(5,061,024)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 Other (income) expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 Change in derivative liabilities

 

(569,740)

 

 

-

 

 Loss on loan extinguishment

 

80,800

 

 

-

 

 Gain on debt redemption

 

(53,531)

 

 

-

 

 Gain from bargain purchase

 

-

 

 

(111,859)

 

 Interest income -  related party

 

(2,284)

 

 

(15,638)

 

 Interest expense

 

160

 

 

26,667

 

 Other (income) from write off liabilities

 

(213,496)

 

 

(5,737)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 Other (income) expense, net

 

(758,091)

 

 

(106,567)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 Loss from continuing operations before income tax provision

 

(6,374,702)

 

 

(4,954,457)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 Income tax provision

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 Loss from continuing operations

 

(6,374,702)

 

 

(4,954,457)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 Discontinued operations

 

 

 

 

 

 

  (Loss) from operation of discontinued operations, net of tax

 

-

 

 

92,265

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 Gain (loss)from discontinued operations

 

-

 

 

92,265

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 Net loss before non-controlling interest

 

(6,374,702)

 

 

(4,862,192)

 

 Net loss attributable to non-controlling interest

 

(75,101)

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 Net loss

$

(6,299,602)

 

$

(4,862,192)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 Net loss per common share - basic and diluted

 

 

 

 

 

 

 Continuing operations

$

(0.12)

 

$

(0.10)

 

 Discontinued operations

$

0.00

 

$

0.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 Weighted Average Common Shares Outstanding - basic and diluted

 

55,070,312

 

 

48,495,408


See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.




F-5






Wellness Center USA, Inc.

Statement of Stockholders' Equity

For the reporting periods  ended September 30, 2015 and 2014

 

 

 Common Stock

Par Value $0.001

 

 

 

 

 

Total

WCUI

Stockholder's

Equity

 

 

 

 

 

Number

of Shares

 

Amount

 

Additional

Paid-in

Capital

 

Accumulated

Deficit

 

 

Non-controlling interest

 

Total

Stockholders'

Equity

Balance, September 30, 2013

45,110,670

 

$45,111

 

$11,340,244

 

$(3,374,141)

 

$                 -

 

$            -

 

$8,011,214

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common shares issued per consulting agreement  valued at $0.40 per share during quarter ending December 31, 2013

20,000

 

20

 

7,980

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

8,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Finder fees paid in connection with the private placements during quarter ending September 30, 2013

-

 

-

 

(9,850)

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

(9,850)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issuance of common shares and warrants for cash at $0.30 per share in January, 2014

396,667

 

397

 

118,603

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

119,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issuance of common shares and warrants for cash at $0.35 per share in January, 2014

228,572

 

228

 

79,772

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

80,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 Issuance of common shares for acquisition of NPC on February 28, 2014

5,000,000

 

5,000

 

1,195,000

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

1,200,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issuance of options for director services on February 28, 2014

-

 

-

 

194,939

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

194,939

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issuance of common shares and warrants for cash at $0.45 per share in March, 2014

150,000

 

150

 

67,350

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

67,500

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issuance of common shares for SCI assets acquisition and debt settlement valued at $0.665 per share on April 4, 2014

427,103

 

427

 

283,596

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

284,023

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issuance of warrants for SCI assets acquisition and debt settlement on April 4, 2014

-

 

-

 

43,082

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

43,082

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares returned to treasury per the separation agreement with the former board of director on April 11, 2014

(751,250)

 

(751)

 

751

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

(Continued)



F-6






Common shares issued per consulting agreement  valued at $0.40 per share for the period from November 2013 to April 2014

120,000

 

120

 

47,880

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

48,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issuance of common shares and warrants for cash at $0.45 per share in April and May, 2014

57,222

 

57

 

25,693

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

25,750

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issuance of common shares for SCI debt settlement valued at $0.665 per share in July, 2014

53,810

 

54

 

35,730

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

35,784

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issuance of common shares and warrants for cash at $0.25 per share on July 22, 2014

174,000

 

174

 

43,326

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

43,500

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercise of warrants with exercise price of $0.01 per share on July 21 and August 28, 2014

1,550,000

 

1,550

 

13,950

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

15,500

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares returned to treasury per the settlement agreement with the former board of directors on September 18, 2014

(7,300,000)

 

(7,300)

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

(7,300)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issuance of options for director services for the quarter ended September 30, 2014

-

 

-

 

30,940

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

30,940

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

-

 

-

 

-

 

(4,862,192)

 

-

 

-

 

(4,862,192)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, September 30, 2014

45,236,794

 

45,237

 

13,518,987

 

(8,236,333)

 

5,327,891

 

-

 

5,327,891

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common shares issued per consulting agreement  valued at $0.13 per share on October 10, 2014

893,333

 

893

 

115,240

 

-

 

116,133

 

-

 

116,133

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common shares issued per consulting agreement  valued at $0.10  per share on October 27, 2014 and November 19, 2014

335,000

 

335

 

33,165

 

-

 

33,500

 

-

 

33,500

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issuance of common shares for note conversion at the prices ranging $0.041 to 0.071 per share during the quarter ending 12/31/2014

1,550,000

 

1,550

 

89,022

 

-

 

90,572

 

-

 

90,572

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Continued)



F-7






Issuance of options for director services for the quarter ended December 31, 2014

-

 

-

 

50,916

 

-

 

50,916

 

-

 

50,916

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reclassification of derivative liability to additional paid-in capital associated with the issuance and conversion of notes.

-

 

-

 

41,523

 

-

 

41,523

 

-

 

41,523

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reclassification of additional paid-in capital to derivative liability for tainted warrants

-

 

-

 

(439,034)

 

-

 

(439,034)

 

-

 

(439,034)

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issuance of common shares for note conversion at $0.041 per share on January 14, 2015

103,098

 

103

 

4,147

 

-

 

4,250

 

-

 

4,250

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Conversion of accrued interest to the common shares at $0.041 per share on January 14, 2015

646,902

 

647

 

26,020

 

-

 

26,667

 

-

 

26,667

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issuance of common shares for loan conversion at $0.07 per share in February 2015

1,418,572

 

1,419

 

98,581

 

-

 

100,000

 

-

 

100,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issuance of common shares and warrants for cash at $0.07 per share during quarter ending March 31, 2015

6,152,145

 

6,152

 

424,498

 

-

 

430,650

 

-

 

430,650

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Finder fees paid in connection with the private placements during quarter ending March 31, 2015

-

 

-

 

(11,825)

 

-

 

(11,825)

 

-

 

(11,825)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issuance of options for director services for the quarter ended March 31, 2015

-

 

-

 

15,566

 

-

 

15,566

 

-

 

15,566

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reclassification of derivative liability to additional paid-in capital associated with the issuance and conversion of notes.

-

 

-

 

13,698

 

-

 

13,698

 

-

 

13,698

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reclassification of additional paid-in capital to derivative liability for tainted warrants

-

 

-

 

(177,930)

 

-

 

(177,930)

 

-

 

(177,930)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issuance of options for director services on May 15, 2015

-

 

-

 

7,050

 

-

 

7,050

 

-

 

7,050

(Continued)



F-8






Issuance of warrants for consulting services on April 18, 2015

-

 

-

 

23,600

 

-

 

23,600

 

-

 

23,600

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issuance of common shares for loan conversion at $0.07 per share on April 9, 2015

214,286

 

214

 

14,786

 

-

 

15,000

 

-

 

15,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Warrants issued to loan conversions

-

 

-

 

80,800

 

-

 

80,800

 

-

 

80,800

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issuance of common shares and warrants for cash at $0.15 per share during quarter ending June 30, 2015

1,603,999

 

1,604

 

238,996

 

-

 

240,600

 

-

 

240,600

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issuance of common shares and warrants for cash at $0.075 per share during quarter ending June 30, 2015

1,713,333

 

1,713

 

126,787

 

-

 

128,500

 

-

 

128,500

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercise of Warrant with the exercise price of $0.01 per share during the quarter ending June 30, 2015

2,400,000

 

2,400

 

21,600

 

-

 

24,000

 

-

 

24,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issuance of options for director services for the quarter ended June 30, 2015

-

 

-

 

16,958

 

-

 

16,958

 

-

 

16,958

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issuance of common shares for consulting valued at $0.12 per share on July 14, 2015

250,000

 

250

 

29,750

 

-

 

30,000

 

-

 

30,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issuance of common shares for consulting valued at $0.12 per share on July 20, 2015

75,000

 

75

 

8,925

 

-

 

9,000

 

-

 

9,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issuance of common shares for consulting valued at $0.12 per share on September 7, 2015

425,000

 

425

 

50,575

 

-

 

51,000

 

-

 

51,000

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issuance of common shares for consulting valued at  $0.12 per share on September 7, 2015 adjusted to prepaid and value at $0.09

-

 

-

 

(30,375)

 

-

 

(30,375)

 

-

 

(30,375)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issuance of common shares and warrants for cash at $0.075 per share during quarter ending September 30, 2015

966,666

 

967

 

71,533

 

-

 

72,500

 

-

 

72,500

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Continued)



F-9






Issuance of common shares and warrants for cash at $0.09 per share during quarter ending September 30, 2015

555,555

 

556

 

49,444

 

-

 

50,000

 

-

 

50,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issuance of options for director services for the quarter ended September 30, 2015

-

 

-

 

21,000

 

-

 

21,000

 

-

 

21,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

-

 

-

 

-

 

(6,299,602)

 

(6,299,602)

 

(75,101)

 

(6,374,702)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, September 30, 2015

64,539,683

 

$64,540

 

$14,534,003

 

$(14,535,935)

 

$      62,609

 

$(75,101)

 

$   (12,492)



See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.




F-10






Wellness Center USA, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For the Fiscal Year

 

For the Fiscal Year

 

 

 

Ended

 

Ended

 

 

 

September 30, 2015

 

September 30, 2014

 Cash flows from operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 Net loss

$

(6,374,702)

 

$

(4,862,192)

 Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 Loss on disposal of discontinued operations

 

-

 

 

(331,726)

 

 Gain from bargain purchase

 

-

 

 

(111,860)

 

 Gain (loss) on redemption of debts

 

(53,531)

 

 

-

 

 Common shares issued for compensation and services

 

209,258

 

 

56,000

 

 Warrants and options issued for compensation and services

 

135,090

 

 

225,880

 

 Warrants issued for loan settlement

 

80,800

 

 

 

 

 Amortization of convertible note discount

 

152,185

 

 

-

 

 Amortization of original interest discount

 

-

 

 

4,166

 

 Depreciation expense

 

12,316

 

 

26,093

 

 Amortization expense

 

272,987

 

 

278,887

 

 Inventory Adjustments - Obsolete/Excess

 

80,960

 

 

 

 

 Bad debt

 

13,279

 

 

-

 

 Other income from liabilities write off

 

(153,241)

 

 

-

 

 Patent write off

 

27,309

 

 

-

 

 Change in fair value of derivative liability

 

(569,740)

 

 

-

 

 Impairment of intangible assets and goodwill

 

4,963,414

 

 

3,308,925

 

 Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 Accounts receivable

 

-

 

 

(11,496)

 

 

 Inventories

 

(29,021)

 

 

(47,383)

 

 

 Prepayments and other current assets

 

(24,517)

 

 

6,839

 

 

 Interest receivable on note receivable from Chairman and CEO

 

(2,284)

 

 

(15,638)

 

 

 Accounts payable

 

51,345

 

 

140,644

 

 

 Accrued interest

 

-

 

 

26,667

 

 

 Accrued interest - related party

 

-

 

 

1,662

 

 

 Accrued salary - officers

 

(34,616)

 

 

235,077

 

 

 Accrued payroll liabilities

 

(42,743)

 

 

25,320

 

 

 Credit cards payable

 

2,519

 

 

(18,900)

 

 

 Deferred revenue

 

12,500

 

 

25,000

 

 

 Deferred rent

 

-

 

 

(11,364)

 

 

 Customer deposits

 

-

 

 

7,455

 

 

 Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

 

178,581

 

 

53,806

 Net cash used in operating activities

 

(1,091,852)

 

 

(988,137)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 Cash flows from investing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 Cash acquired from business acquisitions

 

-

 

 

2,969

 

 Cash from business disposal

 

-

 

 

5,539

 

 Purchases of property and equipment

 

(1,676)

 

 

-

 

 Patent application cost

 

(3,796)

 

 

-

 Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

 

(5,472)

 

 

8,508

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 Cash flows from financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 Repayment of note receivable - Chairman and CEO

 

35,894

 

 

35,000

 

 Advances from (repayments to) related parties

 

(19,462)

 

 

59,943

 

 Proceeds from notes payable

 

-

 

 

200,000

 

 Proceeds from other payable

 

205,023

 

 

-

 

 Proceeds from loan payable - other

 

-

 

 

9,000

 

 Repayments of convertible notes payable

 

(200,000)

 

 

-

 

 Proceeds from  convertible note and note payable - related party

 

-

 

 

15,000

 

 Repayments of long-term notes payable - officers

 

-

 

 

(4,289)

 

 Proceeds from sale of common stock and warrants  net of issuance cost

 

910,425

 

 

325,900

 

 Proceeds from exercise of warrants

 

24,000

 

 

15,500

 Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

 

955,880

 

 

656,054

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 Net change in cash

 

(141,444)

 

 

(323,575)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 Cash at beginning of the reporting period

 

175,671

 

 

499,246

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 Cash at end of the reporting period

$

34,227

 

$

175,671

(Continued)



F-11






 Supplemental disclosure of cash flows information:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 Interest paid

$

-

 

$

-

 

 Income tax paid

$

-

 

$

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 Non cash financing and investing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reclassification of derivative liabilities to equity

$

(561,742)

 

$

-

 

 Issuance of common stock for acquisition of PSI

$

-

 

$

1,200,000

 

 Issuance of common stock for convertible notes conversion

$

236,489

 

$

-

 

 Issuance of common stock and warrants for acquisition of certain assets

$

-

 

$

362,889

 

 Return of common stock from disposal of CNS Wellness LLC

$

-

 

$

(7,300)

 

 Issuance of common stock for conversion of loan payable

$

115,000

 

$

-


See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.




F-12






Wellness Center USA, Inc.

September 30, 2015 and 2014

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements


Note 1 - Organization and Operations


Wellness Center USA, Inc.


Wellness Center USA, Inc. ("WCUI" or the “Company”) was incorporated in June, 2010 under the laws of the State of Nevada. The Company initially engaged in online sports and nutrition supplements marketing and distribution. Upon consummation of the share exchange agreements with CNS-Wellness Florida, LLC and Psoria-Shield Inc., the Company currently operates in the following business segments: (i) nutritional supplement sales; (ii) distribution of targeted Ultra Violet ("UV") phototherapy devices for dermatology; (iii) management of top-tier medical practices in the interventional and multi-modal pain management sector; and (iv) authentication and encryption products and services.


Acquisition of CNS-Wellness Florida, LLC


On May 30, 2012, the Company entered into an Exchange Agreement (“Exchange Agreement”) to acquire all of the limited liability company interests in CNS-Wellness Florida, LLC (“CNS”), a Tampa, Florida, based cognitive neuroscience company, specializing in the treatment of brain-based behavioral health disorders including developmental, emotional and stress-related problems.


On August 2, 2012, the Company consummated the Exchange Agreement and acquired all of the issued and outstanding limited liability company interests in CNS for and in consideration of the issuance of 7.3 million shares of the Company’s common stock pursuant to the Exchange Agreement. The 7.3 million common shares issued in connection with the share exchange represented 32.2% of the 22,704,773 shares of issued and outstanding common stock of the Company as of the closing date of the share exchange under the Exchange Agreement.


CNS Wellness Florida, LLC, the Successor of Cognitive Neuro Sciences, Inc.


Cognitive Neuro Sciences, Inc. (the ''CNS Predecessor") was incorporated on March 14, 2006 under the laws of the State of Florida. The CNS Predecessor specialized in the treatment of brain-based behavioral health disorders including developmental, emotional and stress-related problems. On May 26, 2009, the stockholders of CNS Predecessor decided to dissolve CNS Predecessor and form a Limited Liability Company (“LLC”) to carry on the business of CNS Predecessor.


CNS was formed on May 26, 2009 under the laws of the State of Florida. The sole purpose of CNS was to carry on the business of CNS Predecessor in the form of an LLC. The assets and liabilities of CNS Predecessor were carried forward to CNS and recorded at the historical cost on the date of conversion.


Suspension of the Operations of CNS Wellness Florida, LLC


The Company was forced to suspend the operations of CNS Wellness Florida, LLC as of January 24, 2014. As a result, the Company was forced to impair the remaining balances of all intangible assets and goodwill associated with the acquisition of CNS.


Discontinuance of CNS Wellness Florida, LLC


On September 30, 2014 the Company sold CNS Wellness Florida, LLC to the former members of CNS Wellness in exchange for the return of the previously issued 7.3 million shares of WCUI’s common stock.


The consolidated financial statements for the reporting period ended September 30, 2014 and 2013 have been presented to give retroactive effect to the discontinuance of the operations of CNS Wellness Florida, LLC.


Acquisition of Psoria-Shield Inc.


On June 21, 2012, the Company entered into an Exchange Agreement (“Exchange Agreement”) to acquire all of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock in Psoria-Shield Inc. (“PSI”), a Tampa, Florida, based developer and manufacturer of targeted Ultra Violet ("UV") phototherapy devices for the treatment of skin diseases, for and in consideration of the issuance of 7,686,797 shares of common stock in the Company.



F-13






On August 24, 2012, the Company consummated the share exchange and acquired all of the issued and outstanding shares of stock in PSI for and in consideration of the issuance of 7,686,797 shares of its common stock pursuant to the Exchange Agreement. The 7,686,797 common shares issued in connection with the share exchange represented 25.3% of the 30,391,570 shares of issued and outstanding common stock of the Company as of the closing date of the share exchange under the Exchange Agreement.


Psoria-Shield Inc.


Psoria-Shield Inc. (“PSI”) was incorporated on June 17, 2009 under the laws of the State of Florida. PSI engages in the business of research and development, manufacturing, and marketing and distribution of Ultra Violet ("UV") phototherapy devices for the treatment of skin diseases.


Acquisition of National Pain Centers, Inc.


On January 28, 2014, the Company entered into an Exchange Agreement (“Exchange Agreement”) to acquire all of the issued and outstanding shares of common stock of National Pain Centers, Inc. ("NPC"), a Nevada holding corporation based in Deer Park, Illinois.


On February 28, 2014, the Company consummated the Exchange Agreement and acquired all of the issued and outstanding shares of common stock of NPC for and in consideration of the issuance of 5,000,000 shares of common stock of the Company pursuant to the Exchange Agreement valued at $0.24 per share or $1,200,000, the relative fair value of the PPM consummated on January 13, 2014 with a relative value of $0.11 per share for the warrants on the $0.35 offering immediately prior to the consummation of the Exchange Agreement, which was recorded as goodwill as NPC is a newly formed entity. NPC is now operated as a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company.


National Pain Centers, Inc. ("NPC")


National Pain Centers, Inc. ("NPC") was incorporated on January 24, 2014 under the laws of the State of Nevada. NPC engages in management of top-tier medical practices in the interventional and multi-modal pain management sector.


Formation of StealthCo, Inc. and Acquisition of Certain Assets of SMI Holdings, Inc.


On March 18, 2014, the Company formed a wholly-owned subsidiary, StealthCo, Inc. (“StealthCo” or “SCI”) under the laws of the State of Illinois. Prior to the acquisition of certain assets from SMI Holdings, Inc., a Minnesota corporation d/b/a StealthMark, Inc. (“SMI”), StealthCo was inactive.


StealthCo engages in the business of selling, licensing or otherwise providing certain authentication and encryption products and services from facilities located in Centerville, Minnesota upon entry into an Asset Purchase Agreement (“Purchase Agreement”) and consummation of the acquisition of certain assets of SMI and settlement of certain debt on April 4, 2014.


Formation of Psoria Development Company, LLC


On January 15, 2015, the Company entered into a joint venture agreement between WCUI/PSI with The Medical Alliance Inc ("TMA"). The Company owns a 50% of interest in the newly formed entity Psoria Development Company, LLC (“PDC”). The Company and TMA each own 50% of the membership interest and shall allocate the profits and losses accordingly upon repayment of the initial capital contributions on a pro rata basis. The Company consolidates its 50% equity interest and reports the remaining 50% equity interest owned by TMA as the non-controlling interest in PDC as the management of the Company believes that the Company has the control of PDC.


Note 2 - Significant and Critical Accounting Policies and Practices


The Management of the Company is responsible for the selection and use of appropriate accounting policies and the appropriateness of accounting policies and their application. Critical accounting policies and practices are those that are both most important to the portrayal of the Company’s financial condition and results and require management’s most difficult, subjective, or complex judgments, often as a result of the need to make estimates about the effects of matters that are inherently uncertain. The Company’s significant and critical accounting policies and practices are disclosed below as required by generally accepted accounting principles.


Basis of Presentation


The Company’s consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”).



F-14






Fiscal Year End


The Company elected September 30th as its fiscal year end date upon its formation.


Use of Estimates and Assumptions and Critical Accounting Estimates and Assumptions


The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date(s) of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period(s).


Critical accounting estimates are estimates for which (a) the nature of the estimate is material due to the levels of subjectivity and judgment necessary to account for highly uncertain matters or the susceptibility of such matters to change and (b) the impact of the estimate on financial condition or operating performance is material. The Company’s critical accounting estimates and assumptions affecting the financial statements were:


(i)

Assumption as a going concern: Management assumes that the Company will continue as a going concern, which contemplates continuity of operations, realization of assets, and liquidation of liabilities in the normal course of business.


(ii)

Allowance for doubtful accounts: Management’s estimate of the allowance for doubtful accounts is based on historical sales, historical loss levels, and an analysis of the collectability of individual accounts; and general economic conditions that may affect a client’s ability to pay. The Company evaluated the key factors and assumptions used to develop the allowance in determining that it is reasonable in relation to the financial statements taken as a whole.


(iii)

Inventory Obsolescence and Markdowns: The Company’s estimate of potentially excess and slow-moving inventories is based on evaluation of inventory levels and aging, review of inventory turns and historical sales experiences. The Company’s estimate of reserve for inventory shrinkage is based on the historical results of physical inventory cycle counts.


(iv)

Fair value of long-lived assets: Fair value is generally determined using the asset’s expected future discounted cash flows or market value, if readily determinable. If long-lived assets are determined to be recoverable, but the newly determined remaining estimated useful lives are shorter than originally estimated, the net book values of the long-lived assets are depreciated over the newly determined remaining estimated useful lives. The Company considers the following to be some examples of important indicators that may trigger an impairment review: (i) significant under-performance or losses of assets relative to expected historical or projected future operating results; (ii) significant changes in the manner or use of assets or in the Company’s overall strategy with respect to the manner or use of the acquired assets or changes in the Company’s overall business strategy; (iii) significant negative industry or economic trends; (iv) increased competitive pressures; (v) a significant decline in the Company’s stock price for a sustained period of time; and (vi) regulatory changes. The Company evaluates acquired assets for potential impairment indicators at least annually and more frequently upon the occurrence of such events.


(v)

Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets: Management assumes that the realization of the Company’s net deferred tax assets resulting from its net operating loss (“NOL”) carry–forwards for Federal income tax purposes that may be offset against future taxable income was not considered more likely than not and accordingly, the potential tax benefits of the net loss carry-forwards are offset by a full valuation allowance. Management made this assumption based on (a) the Company has incurred recurring losses, (b) general economic conditions, and (c) its ability to raise additional funds to support its daily operations by way of a public or private offering, among other factors.


(vi)

Estimates and assumptions used in valuation of equity instruments: Management estimates expected term of share options and similar instruments, expected volatility of the Company’s common shares and the method used to estimate it, expected annual rate of quarterly dividends, and risk free rate(s) to value share options and similar instruments.


These significant accounting estimates or assumptions bear the risk of change due to the fact that there are uncertainties attached to these estimates or assumptions, and certain estimates or assumptions are difficult to measure or value.


Management bases its estimates on historical experience and on various assumptions that are believed to be reasonable in relation to the financial statements taken as a whole under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources.



F-15






Management regularly evaluates the key factors and assumptions used to develop the estimates utilizing currently available information, changes in facts and circumstances, historical experience and reasonable assumptions. After such evaluations, if deemed appropriate, those estimates are adjusted accordingly.


Actual results could differ from those estimates.


Principles of Consolidation


The Company applies the guidance of Topic 810 “Consolidation” of the FASB Accounting Standards Codification ("ASC") to determine whether and how to consolidate another entity. Pursuant to ASC Paragraph 810-10-15-10 all majority-owned subsidiaries—all entities in which a parent has a controlling financial interest—shall be consolidated except (1) when control does not rest with the parent, the majority owner; (2) if the parent is a broker-dealer within the scope of Topic 940 and control is likely to be temporary; (3) consolidation by an investment company within the scope of Topic 946 of a non-investment-company investee. Pursuant to ASC Paragraph 810-10-15-8 the usual condition for a controlling financial interest is ownership of a majority voting interest, and, therefore, as a general rule ownership by one reporting entity, directly or indirectly, of more than 50 percent of the outstanding voting shares of another entity is a condition pointing toward consolidation. The power to control may also exist with a lesser percentage of ownership, for example, by contract, lease, agreement with other stockholders, or by court decree. The Company consolidates all less-than-majority-owned subsidiaries, if any, in which the parent’s power to control exists.


The Company's consolidated subsidiaries and/or entities are as follows:


Name of consolidated subsidiary or entity

State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization

Date of incorporation or formation

(date of acquisition/disposition, if applicable)

Attributable interest

Psoria-Shield Inc. (“PSI”)

The State of Florida

June 17, 2009

(August 24, 2012)

100%

 

 

 

 

National Pain Centers, Inc. (“NPC”)

The State of Nevada

January 24, 2014

(February 28, 2014)

100%

 

 

 

 

StealthCo, Inc. (“StealthCo”)

The State of Illinois

March 18, 2014

100%

 

 

 

 

Psoria Development Company LLC. (“PDC”)

The State of Illinois

January 15, 2015

50%


The consolidated financial statements include all accounts of the Company, PSI, NPC, StealthCo and PDC as of reporting periods end date and for the reporting periods then ended from their respective dates of acquisition and disposition.


All inter-company balances and transactions have been eliminated.


As of September 30, 2015, the non-controlling interest in PDC was $75,101 and is separately disclosed on the Consolidated Balance Sheet.


Reclassification


Certain amounts in the prior period financial statements have been reclassified to conform to the current period presentation. These reclassifications had no effect on reported losses.


Business Combinations


Business and Business Combinations


Pursuant to ASC Section 805-10-20 a business is an integrated set of activities and assets that is capable of being conducted and managed for the purpose of providing a return in the form of dividends, lower costs, or other economic benefits directly to investors or other owners, members, or participants.



F-16






Pursuant to Regulation S-X 11-01(d) the term business should be evaluated in light of the facts and circumstances involved and whether there is sufficient continuity of the acquired entity’s operations prior to and after the transactions. A presumption exists that a separate entity, a subsidiary, or a division is a business. However, a lesser component of an entity may also constitute a business. Among the facts and circumstances which should be considered in evaluating whether an acquisition of a lesser component of an entity constitutes a business are the following: (1) Whether the nature of the revenue-producing activity of the component will remain generally the same as before the transaction; or (2) Whether any of the following attributes remain with the component after the transaction: (i) Physical facilities, (ii) Employee base, (iii) Market distribution system, (iv) Sales force, (v) Customer base, (vi) Operating rights, (vii) Production techniques, or (viii) Trade names.


The Company applies Topic 805 “Business Combinations” of the FASB Accounting Standards Codification for transactions that represent business combinations to be accounted for under the acquisition method. Pursuant to ASC Paragraph 805-10-25-1 in order for a transaction or other event to be considered as a business combination it is required that the assets acquired and liabilities assumed constitute a business. Upon determination of transactions representing business combinations the Company then (i) identifies the accounting acquirer; (ii) identifies and estimates the fair value of the identifiable tangible and intangible assets acquired, separately from goodwill; (iii) estimates the business enterprise value of the acquired entities; (iv) allocates the purchase price of acquired entities to the tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed, based on their estimated fair values at the date of acquisition.


Identification of the Accounting Acquirer


The Company used the existence of a controlling financial interest to identify the acquirer—the entity that obtains control of the acquiree in accordance with ASC paragraph 805-20-25-5 and identifies the acquisition date, which is the date on which it obtains control of the acquiree in accordance with ASC paragraph 805-20-25-6. The date on which the acquirer obtains control of the acquiree generally is the date on which the acquirer legally transfers the consideration, acquires the assets, and assumes the liabilities of the acquiree—the closing date.


Intangible Assets Identification, Estimated Fair Value and Useful Lives


In accordance with ASC Section 805-20-25 as of the acquisition date, the acquirer shall recognize, separately from goodwill, the identifiable assets acquired, the liabilities assumed, and any non-controlling interest in the acquiree. Recognition of identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed is subject to the conditions specified in ASC paragraphs 805-20-25-2 through 25-3.


The recognized intangible assets of the acquiree were valued through the use of the market, income and/or cost approach, as appropriate. The Company utilizes the income approach on a debt-free basis to estimate the fair value of the identifiable assets acquired in the acquiree at the date of acquisition with the assistance of the third party valuation firm. This method eliminates the effect of how the business is presently financed and provides an indication of the value of the total invested capital of the Company or its business enterprise value.


Business Enterprise Valuation


The Company utilizes the income approach – discounted cash flows method to estimate the business enterprise value with the assistance of the third party valuation firm. The income approach considers a given company's future sales, net cash flow and growth potential. In valuing the business enterprise value of business acquired, the Company forecasted sales and net cash flow for the acquiree for five (5) years into the future and used a discounted net cash flow method to determine a value indication of the total invested capital of the acquiree. The basic method of forecasting involves using past experience to forecast the future. The next step was to discount these projected net cash flows to their present values. One of the key elements of the income approach is the discount rate used to discount the projected cash flows to their present values. Determining an appropriate discount rate is one of the more difficult parts of the valuation process. The applicable rate of return or discount rate, the rate investors in closely-held companies require as a condition of acquisition, varies from time to time, depending on economic and other conditions. The discount rate is determined after considering the overall risk of the investment, which includes: (1) operating and financial risk in the business enterprise or asset; (2) current and projected profitability and growth; (3) risk of the respective industry; and (4) the equity risk premium relative to Treasury bonds. The discount rate is also affected by an analyst's judgment regarding the credibility of the income projections. The discount rate rises as the projections become increasingly optimistic, or falls as the degree of certainty increases.



F-17






Goodwill, Gain from Bargain Purchase and Contingent Consideration


Pursuant to ASC Paragraphs 805-30-25-1 through 805-30-25-3 the acquirer shall recognize goodwill as of the acquisition date, measured as the excess of (a) over (b): a. the aggregate of (1) the acquisition-date fair value of the consideration transferred, (2) the fair value of any non-controlling interest in the acquiree, and (3) the acquisition-date fair value of the acquirer’s previously held equity interest in the acquiree in a business combination achieved in stages; and (b) the net of the acquisition-date amounts of the identifiable assets acquired and the liabilities assumed.


Occasionally, an acquirer will make a bargain purchase, which is a business combination in which the amount in paragraph 805-30-30-1(b) exceeds the aggregate of the amounts specified in (a) in that paragraph. If that excess remains after applying the requirements in paragraph 805-30-25-4, the acquirer shall recognize the resulting gain in earnings on the acquisition date. The gain shall be attributed to the acquirer. A bargain purchase might happen in a business combination that is a forced sale in which the seller is acting under compulsion.


Pursuant to ASC Paragraphs 805-30-25-5 through 805-30-25-7 the consideration the acquirer transfers in exchange for the acquiree includes any asset or liability resulting from a contingent consideration arrangement. The acquirer shall recognize the acquisition-date fair value of contingent consideration as part of the consideration transferred in exchange for the acquiree and classify an obligation to pay contingent consideration as a liability or as equity in accordance with Subtopics 480-10 and 815-40 or other applicable generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP). Subtopic 480-10 provides guidance on whether to classify as a liability a contingent consideration arrangement that is, in substance, a put option written by the acquirer on the market price of the acquirer’s shares issued in the business combination. The acquirer shall classify as an asset a right to the return of previously transferred consideration if specified conditions are met.


Acquisition-Related Costs


Pursuant to FASB ASC Paragraph 805-10-25-23 acquisition-related costs are costs the acquirer incurs to effect a business combination. Those costs include finder’s fees; advisory, legal, accounting, valuation, and other professional or consulting fees; general administrative costs, including the costs of maintaining an internal acquisitions department; and costs of registering and issuing debt and equity securities. The acquirer shall account for acquisition related costs as expenses in the periods in which the costs are incurred and the services are received, with one exception. The costs to issue debt or equity securities shall be recognized in accordance with other applicable GAAP.


Inherent Risk in the Estimates


Management makes estimates of fair values based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable. These estimates are based on historical experience and information obtained from the management of the acquired companies. Critical estimates in valuing certain of the intangible assets include but are not limited to: future expected cash flows from revenues, customer relationships, key management and market positions, assumptions about the period of time the acquired trade names will continue to be used in the Company’s combined portfolio of products and/or services, and discount rates used to establish fair value. These estimates are inherently uncertain and unpredictable. Assumptions may be incomplete or inaccurate, and unanticipated events and circumstances may occur which may affect the accuracy or validity of such assumptions, estimates or actual results.


Fair Value of Financial Instruments


The Company follows paragraph 820-10-35-37 of the FASB Accounting Standards Codification (“Paragraph 820-10-35-37”) to measure the fair value of its financial instruments and paragraph 825-10-50-10 of the FASB Accounting Standards Codification for disclosures about fair value of its financial instruments. Paragraph 820-10-35-37 establishes a framework for measuring fair value in accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (U.S. GAAP), and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. To increase consistency and comparability in fair value measurements and related disclosures, Paragraph 820-10-35-37 establishes a fair value hierarchy which prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value into three (3) broad levels. The three (3) levels of fair value hierarchy defined by Paragraph 820-10-35-37 are described below:


Level 1

 

Quoted market prices available in active markets for identical assets or liabilities as of the reporting date.

 

 

 

Level 2

 

Pricing inputs other than quoted prices in active markets included in Level 1, which are either directly or indirectly observable as of the reporting date.

 

 

 

Level 3

 

Pricing inputs that are generally observable inputs and not corroborated by market data.




F-18






Financial assets are considered Level 3 when their fair values are determined using pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies or similar techniques and at least one significant model assumption or input is unobservable.


The fair value hierarchy gives the highest priority to quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs. If the inputs used to measure the financial assets and liabilities fall within more than one level described above, the categorization is based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement of the instrument.


The carrying amounts of the Company’s financial assets and liabilities, such as cash, accounts receivable, prepayment and other current assets, accounts payable, accrued payroll – officers, accrued warranty, credit cards payable, deferred rent, and accrued expenses and other current liabilities approximate their fair values because of the short maturity of these instruments.


The Company’s convertible notes payable and loans payable approximate the fair value of such instruments based upon management’s best estimate of interest rates that would be available to the Company for similar financial arrangements at June 30, 2015 and September 30, 2014.


The Company’s Level 3 financial liabilities consist of the derivative warrants for which there is no current market for these securities such that the determination of fair value requires significant judgment or estimation and the derivative liability on the conversion feature of the convertible notes payable. The Company valued the automatic conditional conversion, re-pricing/down-round, change of control; default and follow-on offering provisions using a lattice model, with the assistance of a third party valuation specialist, for which management understands the methodologies. These models incorporate transaction details such as Company stock price, contractual terms, maturity, risk free rates, as well as assumptions about future financings, volatility, and holder behavior as of the date of issuance and each balance sheet date.


Transactions involving related parties cannot be presumed to be carried out on an arm's-length basis, as the requisite conditions of competitive, free-market dealings may not exist. Representations about transactions with related parties, if made, shall not imply that the related party transactions were consummated on terms equivalent to those that prevail in arm's-length transactions unless such representations can be substantiated.


Fair Value of Financial Assets and Liabilities Measured on a Recurring Basis


Level 3 Financial Liabilities – Derivative Warrant Liabilities and Derivative Liability on Conversion Feature


The Company uses Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy to measure the fair value of the derivative liabilities and revalues its derivative warrant liability and derivative liability on the conversion feature at every reporting period and recognizes gains or losses in the consolidated statements of operations that are attributable to the change in the fair value of the derivative liabilities.


Fair Value of Non-Financial Assets or Liabilities Measured on a Recurring Basis


The Company’s non-financial assets include inventories. The Company identifies potentially excess and slow-moving inventories by evaluating turn rates, inventory levels and other factors. Excess quantities are identified through evaluation of inventory aging, review of inventory turns and historical sales experiences. The Company provides lower of cost or market reserves for such identified excess and slow-moving inventories. The Company establishes a reserve for inventory shrinkage, if any, based on the historical results of physical inventory cycle counts.


Carrying Value, Recoverability and Impairment of Long-Lived Assets


The Company has adopted Section 360-10-35 of the FASB Accounting Standards Codification for its long-lived assets. Pursuant to ASC Paragraph 360-10-35-17 an impairment loss shall be recognized only if the carrying amount of a long-lived asset (asset group) is not recoverable and exceeds its fair value. The carrying amount of a long-lived asset (asset group) is not recoverable if it exceeds the sum of the undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use and eventual disposition of the asset (asset group). That assessment shall be based on the carrying amount of the asset (asset group) at the date it is tested for recoverability. An impairment loss shall be measured as the amount by which the carrying amount of a long-lived asset (asset group) exceeds its fair value. Pursuant to ASC Paragraph 360-10-35-20 if an impairment loss is recognized, the adjusted carrying amount of a long-lived asset shall be its new cost basis. For a depreciable long-lived asset, the new cost basis shall be depreciated (amortized) over the remaining useful life of that asset. Restoration of a previously recognized impairment loss is prohibited.



F-19






Pursuant to ASC Paragraph 360-10-35-21 the Company’s long-lived asset (asset group) is tested for recoverability whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that its carrying amount may not be recoverable. The Company considers the following to be some examples of such events or changes in circumstances that may trigger an impairment review: (a) significant decrease in the market price of a long-lived asset (asset group); (b) A significant adverse change in the extent or manner in which a long-lived asset (asset group) is being used or in its physical condition; (c) A significant adverse change in legal factors or in the business climate that could affect the value of a long-lived asset (asset group), including an adverse action or assessment by a regulator; (d) An accumulation of costs significantly in excess of the amount originally expected for the acquisition or construction of a long-lived asset (asset group); (e) A current-period operating or cash flow loss combined with a history of operating or cash flow losses or a projection or forecast that demonstrates continuing losses associated with the use of a long-lived asset (asset group); and (f) A current expectation that, more likely than not, a long-lived asset (asset group) will be sold or otherwise disposed of significantly before the end of its previously estimated useful life. The Company tests its long-lived assets for potential impairment indicators at least annually and more frequently upon the occurrence of such events.


Pursuant to ASC Paragraphs 360-10-35-29 through 35-36 Estimates of future cash flows used to test the recoverability of a long-lived asset (asset group) shall include only the future cash flows (cash inflows less associated cash outflows) that are directly associated with and that are expected to arise as a direct result of the use and eventual disposition of the asset (asset group). Estimates of future cash flows used to test the recoverability of a long-lived asset (asset group) shall incorporate the entity’s own assumptions about its use of the asset (asset group) and shall consider all available evidence. The assumptions used in developing those estimates shall be reasonable in relation to the assumptions used in developing other information used by the entity for comparable periods, such as internal budgets and projections, accruals related to incentive compensation plans, or information communicated to others. However, if alternative courses of action to recover the carrying amount of a long-lived asset (asset group) are under consideration or if a range is estimated for the amount of possible future cash flows associated with the likely course of action, the likelihood of those possible outcomes shall be considered. A probability-weighted approach may be useful in considering the likelihood of those possible outcomes. Estimates of future cash flows used to test the recoverability of a long-lived asset (asset group) shall be made for the remaining useful life of the asset (asset group) to the entity. For long-lived assets (asset groups) that have uncertainties both in timing and amount, an expected present value technique will often be the appropriate technique with which to estimate fair value.


Pursuant to ASC Paragraphs 360-10-45-4 and 360-10-45-5 an impairment loss recognized for a long-lived asset (asset group) to be held and used shall be included in income from continuing operations before income taxes in the income statement of a business entity. If a subtotal such as income from operations is presented, it shall include the amount of that loss. A gain or loss recognized on the sale of a long-lived asset (disposal group) that is not a component of an entity shall be included in income from continuing operations before income taxes in the income statement of a business entity. If a subtotal such as income from operations is presented, it shall include the amounts of those gains or losses.


Cash Equivalents


The Company considers all highly liquid investments with a maturity of three months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents.


Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts


Pursuant to FASB ASC paragraph 310-10-35-47 trade receivables that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future shall be reported in the balance sheet at outstanding principal adjusted for any charge-offs and the allowance for doubtful accounts.. The Company follows FASB ASC paragraphs 310-10-35-7 through 310-10-35-10 to estimate the allowance for doubtful accounts. Pursuant to FASB ASC paragraph 310-10-35-9 Losses from uncollectible receivables shall be accrued when both of the following conditions are met: (a) Information available before the financial statements are issued or are available to be issued (as discussed in Section 855-10-25) indicates that it is probable that an asset has been impaired at the date of the financial statements, and (b) The amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. Those conditions may be considered in relation to individual receivables or in relation to groups of similar types of receivables. If the conditions are met, accrual shall be made even though the particular receivables that are uncollectible may not be identifiable. The Company reviews individually each trade receivable for collectability and performs on-going credit evaluations of its customers and adjusts credit limits based upon payment history and the customer’s current credit worthiness, as determined by the review of their current credit information; and determines the allowance for doubtful accounts based on historical write-off experience, customer specific facts and general economic conditions that may affect a client’s ability to pay. Bad debt expense is included in general and administrative expenses, if any.



F-20






Pursuant to FASB ASC paragraph 310-10-35-41 Credit losses for trade receivables (uncollectible trade receivables), which may be for all or part of a particular trade receivable, shall be deducted from the allowance. The related trade receivable balance shall be charged off in the period in which the trade receivables are deemed uncollectible. Recoveries of trade receivables previously charged off shall be recorded when received. The Company charges off its trade account receivables against the allowance after all means of collection have been exhausted and the potential for recovery is considered remote.


There was $12,863 and 0 for doubtful accounts at September 30 2015 or 2014.


Off-Balance-Sheet Credit Exposures


Pursuant to FASB ASC paragraph 310-10-50-9 an entity shall disclose a description of the accounting policies and methodology the entity used to estimate its liability for off-balance-sheet credit exposures and related charges for those credit exposures. Such a description shall identify the factors that influenced management's judgment (for example, historical losses and existing economic conditions) and a discussion of risk elements relevant to particular categories of financial instruments.


The Company does not have any off-balance-sheet credit exposure to its customers at September 30, 2015 or 2014.


Inventories


Inventory Valuation


The Company values inventory, consisting of finished goods, at the lower of cost or market. Cost is determined on the first-in and first-out (“FIFO”) method. The Company reduces inventory for the diminution of value, resulting from product obsolescence, damage or other issues affecting marketability, equal to the difference between the cost of the inventory and its estimated market value. Factors utilized in the determination of estimated market value include (i) estimates of future demand, and (ii) competitive pricing pressures.


Inventory Obsolescence and Markdowns


The Company evaluates its current level of inventory considering historical sales and other factors and, based on this evaluation, classify inventory markdowns in the income statement as a component of cost of goods sold pursuant to Paragraph 420-10-S99 of the FASB Accounting Standards Codification to adjust inventory to net realizable value. These markdowns are estimates, which could vary significantly from actual requirements if future economic conditions, customer demand or competition differ from expectations.


There was $80,960 and 0 for the reporting period ended September 30, 2015 or 2014.


There was no lower of cost or market adjustments for the reporting period ended September 30, 2015 or 2014.


Property and Equipment


Property and equipment is recorded at cost. Expenditures for major additions and betterments are capitalized. Maintenance and repairs are charged to operations as incurred. Depreciation is computed by the straight-line method (after taking into account their respective estimated residual values) over the estimated useful lives of the respective assets as follows:


 

 

 

 

 

 

Estimated Useful Life (Years)

Auto

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Computer equipment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Furniture and fixture

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Leasehold improvement

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

*

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Medical and office equipment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Software

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3




F-21






(*) Amortized on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease or the estimated useful lives, whichever is shorter


Upon sale or retirement, the related cost and accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts and any gain or loss is reflected in the statements of operations.


Leases


Lease agreements are evaluated to determine whether they are capital leases or operating leases in accordance with paragraph 840-10-25-1 of the FASB Accounting Standards Codification (“Paragraph 840-10-25-1”). Pursuant to Paragraph 840-10-25-1 a lessee and a lessor shall consider whether a lease meets any of the following four criteria as part of classifying the lease at its inception under the guidance in the Lessees Subsection of this Section (for the lessee) and the Lessors Subsection of this Section (for the lessor): a. Transfer of ownership. The lease transfers ownership of the property to the lessee by the end of the lease term. This criterion is met in situations in which the lease agreement provides for the transfer of title at or shortly after the end of the lease term in exchange for the payment of a nominal fee, for example, the minimum required by statutory regulation to transfer title. b. Bargain purchase option. The lease contains a bargain purchase option. c. Lease term. The lease term is equal to 75 percent or more of the estimated economic life of the leased property. d. Minimum lease payments. The present value at the beginning of the lease term of the minimum lease payments, excluding that portion of the payments representing executory costs such as insurance, maintenance, and taxes to be paid by the lessor, including any profit thereon, equals or exceeds 90 percent of the excess of the fair value of the leased property to the lessor at lease inception over any related investment tax credit retained by the lessor and expected to be realized by the lessor. In accordance with paragraphs 840-10-25-29 and 840-10-25-30, if at its inception a lease meets any of the four lease classification criteria in Paragraph 840-10-25-1, the lease shall be classified by the lessee as a capital lease; and if none of the four criteria in Paragraph 840-10-25-1 are met, the lease shall be classified by the lessee as an operating lease. Pursuant to Paragraph 840-10-25-31 a lessee shall compute the present value of the minimum lease payments using the lessee's incremental borrowing rate unless both of the following conditions are met, in which circumstance the lessee shall use the implicit rate: a. It is practicable for the lessee to learn the implicit rate computed by the lessor. b. The implicit rate computed by the lessor is less than the lessee's incremental borrowing rate. Capital lease assets are depreciated on a straight line method, over the capital lease assets estimated useful lives consistent with the Company’s normal depreciation policy for tangible fixed assets. Interest charges are expensed over the period of the lease in relation to the carrying value of the capital lease obligation.


Operating leases primarily relate to the Company’s leases of office spaces. When the terms of an operating lease include tenant improvement allowances, periods of free rent, rent concessions, and/or rent escalation amounts, the Company establishes a deferred rent liability for the difference between the scheduled rent payment and the straight-line rent expense recognized, which is amortized over the underlying lease term on a straight-line basis as a reduction of rent expense.


Intangible Assets Other Than Goodwill


The Company has adopted Subtopic 350-30 of the FASB Accounting Standards Codification for intangible assets other than goodwill. Under the requirements, the Company amortizes the acquisition costs of intangible assets other than goodwill on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the respective assets as follows:


 

 

 

 

 

 

Estimated Useful Life (Years)

Exclusive license agreements (*)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

18

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Acquired technologies

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

20

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-compete agreements (**)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3-4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Patents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

15

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trademarks (***)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7


(*) Amortized on a straight-line basis over the terms of the exclusive licenses and/or agreements, or the terms of legal lives of the patents, whichever is shorter


(**) Amortized on a straight-line basis over the terms of the agreements



F-22






Upon becoming fully amortized, the related cost and accumulated amortization are removed from the accounts.


Goodwill


The Company follows Subtopic 350-20 of the FASB Accounting Standards Codification for goodwill. Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of an acquired entity over the fair value of the net assets at the date of acquisition. Under paragraph 350-20-35-1 of the FASB Accounting Standards Codification, goodwill acquired in a business combination with indefinite useful lives are not amortized; rather, goodwill is tested for impairment annually or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate the asset might be impaired.


Website Development Costs


The Company has adopted Subtopic 350-50 of the FASB Accounting Standards Codification for website development costs. Under the requirements of Sections 350-50-15 and 350-50-25, the Company capitalizes costs incurred to develop a website as website development costs, which are amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of three (3) years. Upon becoming fully amortized, the related cost and accumulated amortization are removed from the accounts.


Customer Deposits


Customer deposits primarily represent amounts received from customers for future delivery of products, which are fully or partially refundable depending upon the terms and conditions of the sales agreements.


Related Parties


The Company follows subtopic 850-10 of the FASB Accounting Standards Codification for the identification of related parties and disclosure of related party transactions.


Pursuant to Section 850-10-20 the Related parties include a. affiliates of the Company (“Affiliate” means, with respect to any specified Person, any other Person that, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such Person, as such terms are used in and construed under Rule 405 under the Securities Act); b. entities for which investments in their equity securities would be required, absent the election of the fair value option under the Fair Value Option Subsection of Section 825–10–15, to be accounted for by the equity method by the investing entity; c. trusts for the benefit of employees, such as pension and profit-sharing trusts that are managed by or under the trusteeship of management; d. principal owners of the Company and members of their immediate families; e. management of the Company and members of their immediate families; f. other parties with which the Company may deal if one party controls or can significantly influence the management or operating policies of the other to an extent that one of the transacting parties might be prevented from fully pursuing its own separate interests; and g. other parties that can significantly influence the management or operating policies of the transacting parties or that have an ownership interest in one of the transacting parties and can significantly influence the other to an extent that one or more of the transacting parties might be prevented from fully pursuing its own separate interests.


Pursuant to ASC Paragraphs 850-10-50-1 and 50-5 financial statements shall include disclosures of material related party transactions, other than compensation arrangements, expense allowances, and other similar items in the ordinary course of business. However, disclosure of transactions that are eliminated in the preparation of consolidated or combined financial statements is not required in those statements. The disclosures shall include: a. the nature of the relationship(s) involved; b. a description of the transactions, including transactions to which no amounts or nominal amounts were ascribed, for each of the periods for which income statements are presented, and such other information deemed necessary to an understanding of the effects of the transactions on the financial statements; c. the dollar amounts of transactions for each of the periods for which income statements are presented and the effects of any change in the method of establishing the terms from that used in the preceding period; and d. amount due from or to related parties as of the date of each balance sheet presented and, if not otherwise apparent, the terms and manner of settlement. Transactions involving related parties cannot be presumed to be carried out on an arm's-length basis, as the requisite conditions of competitive, free-market dealings may not exist. Representations about transactions with related parties, if made, shall not imply that the related party transactions were consummated on terms equivalent to those that prevail in arm's-length transactions unless such representations can be substantiated.



F-23






Product Warranty


The Company estimates future costs of warranty obligations in accordance with ASC 460-10, which requires an entity to disclose and recognize a liability for the fair value of the obligation it assumes upon issuance of a warranty. The Company warrants most of its products for a specific period of time, usually 12 months, against material defects. The Company provides for the estimated future costs of warranty obligations in cost of revenues when the related revenues are recognized. The accrued warranty costs represent the best estimate at the time of sale of the total costs that the Company will incur to repair or replace product parts that fail while still under warranty. The amount of the accrued estimated warranty costs obligation for established products is primarily based on historical experience as to product failures adjusted for current information on repair costs. For new products, estimates include the historical experience of similar products, as well as reasonable allowance for warranty expenses associated with new products. On a quarterly basis, the Company reviews the accrued warranty costs and updates the historical warranty cost trends, if required.


Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities


The Company accounts for derivative instruments and hedging activities in accordance with paragraph 815-10-05-4 of the FASB Accounting Standards Codification (“Paragraph 815-10-05-4”). Paragraph 815-10-05-4 requires companies to recognize all derivative instruments as either assets or liabilities in the balance sheet at fair value. The accounting for changes in the fair value of a derivative instrument depends upon: (i) whether the derivative has been designated and qualifies as part of a hedging relationship, and (ii) the type of hedging relationship. For those derivative instruments that are designated and qualify as hedging instruments, a company must designate the hedging instrument based upon the exposure being hedged as either a fair value hedge, cash flow hedge or hedge of a net investment in a foreign operation.


Derivative Liability


The Company evaluates its convertible debt, options, warrants or other contracts, if any, to determine if those contracts or embedded components of those contracts qualify as derivatives to be separately accounted for in accordance with paragraph 815-10-05-4 and Section 815-40-25 of the FASB Accounting Standards Codification. The result of this accounting treatment is that the fair value of the embedded derivative is marked-to-market each balance sheet date and recorded as either an asset or a liability. In the event that the fair value is recorded as a liability, the change in fair value is recorded in the consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive income (loss) as other income or expense. Upon conversion, exercise or cancellation of a derivative instrument, the instrument is marked to fair value at the date of conversion, exercise or cancellation and then that the related fair value is reclassified to equity.


In circumstances where the embedded conversion option in a convertible instrument is required to be bifurcated and there are also other embedded derivative instruments in the convertible instrument that are required to be bifurcated, the bifurcated derivative instruments are accounted for as a single, compound derivative instrument.


The classification of derivative instruments, including whether such instruments should be recorded as liabilities or as equity, is re-assessed at the end of each reporting period. Equity instruments that are initially classified as equity that become subject to reclassification are reclassified to liability at the fair value of the instrument on the reclassification date. Derivative instrument liabilities will be classified in the balance sheet as current or non-current based on whether or not net-cash settlement of the derivative instrument is expected within 12 months of the balance sheet date.


The Company adopted Section 815-40-15 of the FASB Accounting Standards Codification (“Section 815-40-15”) to determine whether an instrument (or an embedded feature) is indexed to the Company’s own stock. Section 815-40-15 provides that an entity should use a two-step approach to evaluate whether an equity-linked financial instrument (or embedded feature) is indexed to its own stock, including evaluating the instrument’s contingent exercise and settlement provisions. The adoption of Section 815-40-15 has affected the accounting for (i) certain freestanding warrants that contain exercise price adjustment features and (ii) convertible bonds issued by foreign subsidiaries with a strike price denominated in a foreign currency.


The Company marks to market the fair value of the embedded derivative warrants at each balance sheet date and records the change in the fair value of the embedded derivative warrants as other income or expense in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss).



F-24






The Company utilizes the Lattice model that values the liability of the derivative warrants based on a probability weighted discounted cash flow model with the assistance of the third party valuation firm. The reason the Company picks the Lattice model is that in many cases there may be multiple embedded features or the features of the bifurcated derivatives may be so complex that a Black-Scholes valuation does not consider all of the terms of the instrument. Therefore, the fair value may not be appropriately captured by simple models. In other words, simple models such as Black-Scholes may not be appropriate in many situations given complex features and terms of conversion option (e.g., combined embedded derivatives). The Lattice model is based on future projections of the various potential outcomes. The features that were analyzed and incorporated into the model included the exercise and full reset features. Based on these features, there are two primary events that can occur; the Holder exercises the Warrants or the Warrants are held to expiration. The Lattice model analyzed the underlying economic factors that influenced which of these events would occur, when they were likely to occur, and the specific terms that would be in effect at the time (i.e. stock price, exercise price, volatility, etc.). Projections were then made on the underlying factors which led to potential scenarios. Probabilities were assigned to each scenario based on management projections. This led to a cash flow projection and a probability associated with that cash flow. A discounted weighted average cash flow over the various scenarios was completed to determine the value of the derivative warrants.


Commitment and Contingencies


The Company follows subtopic 450-20 of the FASB Accounting Standards Codification to report accounting for contingencies. Certain conditions may exist as of the date the consolidated financial statements are issued, which may result in a loss to the Company but which will only be resolved when one or more future events occur or fail to occur. The Company assesses such contingent liabilities, and such assessment inherently involves an exercise of judgment. In assessing loss contingencies related to legal proceedings that are pending against the Company or unasserted claims that may result in such proceedings, the Company evaluates the perceived merits of any legal proceedings or unasserted claims as well as the perceived merits of the amount of relief sought or expected to be sought therein.


If the assessment of a contingency indicates that it is probable that a material loss has been incurred and the amount of the liability can be estimated, then the estimated liability would be accrued in the Company’s consolidated financial statements. If the assessment indicates that a potentially material loss contingency is not probable but is reasonably possible, or is probable but cannot be estimated, then the nature of the contingent liability, and an estimate of the range of possible losses, if determinable and material, would be disclosed.


Loss contingencies considered remote are generally not disclosed unless they involve guarantees, in which case the guarantees would be disclosed.


Non-controlling Interest


The Company follows paragraph 810-10-65-1 of the FASB Accounting Standards Codification to report the non-controlling interest in the consolidated balance sheets within the equity section, separately from the Company’s stockholders’ equity. Non-controlling interest represents the non-controlling interest holder’s proportionate share of the equity of the Company’s majority-owned subsidiary. Non-controlling interest is adjusted for the non-controlling interest holder’s proportionate share of the earnings or losses and other comprehensive income (loss), if any, and the non-controlling interest continues to be attributed its share of losses even if that attribution results in a deficit non-controlling interest balance.


Revenue Recognition


The Company follows paragraph 605-10-S99-1 of the FASB Accounting Standards Codification for revenue recognition. The Company will recognize revenue when it is realized or realizable and earned. The Company considers revenue realized or realizable and earned when all of the following criteria are met: (i) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, (ii) the product has been shipped or the services have been rendered to the customer, (iii) the sales price is fixed or determinable, and (iv) collectability is reasonably assured. In addition to the aforementioned general policy, the following are the specific revenue recognition policies for each major category of revenue:


(i)

Sale of products: The Company derives its revenues from sales contracts with customers with revenues being generated upon the shipment of merchandise. Persuasive evidence of an arrangement is demonstrated via sales invoice or contract; product delivery is evidenced by warehouse shipping log as well as a signed bill of lading from the vessel or rail company and title transfers upon shipment, based on free on board (“FOB”) warehouse terms; the sales price to the customer is fixed upon acceptance of the signed purchase order or contract and there is no separate sales rebate, discount, or volume incentive. When the Company recognizes revenue, no provisions are made for returns because, historically, there have been very few sales returns and adjustments that have impacted the ultimate collection of revenues.



F-25






(ii)

Management fees of medical practice: The Company receives management fees from the management services it provides to medical practices. The Company earns and records 50% of the fees the medical practice collects as management fees when collected per management service agreement.


(iii)

Consulting service: revenue is recognized in the period services are rendered and earned under service arrangements with clients where service fees are fixed or determinable and collectability is reasonably assured.


Shipping and Handling Costs


The Company accounts for shipping and handling fees in accordance with paragraph 605-45-45-19 of the FASB Accounting Standards Codification. While amounts charged to customers for shipping products are included in revenues, the related costs are classified in cost of goods sold as incurred.


Stock-Based Compensation for Obtaining Employee Services


The Company accounts for share-based payment transactions issued to employees under the guidance of the Topic 718 Compensation—Stock Compensation of the FASB Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC Topic 718”).


Pursuant to ASC Section 718-10-20 an employee is an individual over whom the grantor of a share-based compensation award exercises or has the right to exercise sufficient control to establish an employer-employee relationship based on common law as illustrated in case law and currently under U.S. Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) Revenue Ruling 87-41. A non-employee director does not satisfy this definition of employee. Nevertheless, non-employee directors acting in their role as members of a board of directors are treated as employees if those directors were elected by the employer’s shareholders or appointed to a board position that will be filled by shareholder election when the existing term expires. However, that requirement applies only to awards granted to non-employee directors for their services as directors. Awards granted to non-employee directors for other services shall be accounted for as awards to non-employees.


Pursuant to ASC Paragraphs 718-10-30-2 and 718-10-30-3 a share-based payment transaction with employees shall be measured based on the fair value of the equity instruments issued and an entity shall account for the compensation cost from share-based payment transactions with employees in accordance with the fair value-based method, i.e., the cost of services received from employees in exchange for awards of share-based compensation generally shall be measured based on the grant-date fair value of the equity instruments issued or the fair value of the liabilities incurred/settled.


Pursuant to ASC Paragraphs 718-10-30-6 and 718-10-30-9 the measurement objective for equity instruments awarded to employees is to estimate the fair value at the grant date of the equity instruments that the entity is obligated to issue when employees have rendered the requisite service and satisfied any other conditions necessary to earn the right to benefit from the instruments (for example, to exercise share options). That estimate is based on the share price and other pertinent factors, such as expected volatility, at the grant date. As such, the fair value of an equity share option or similar instrument shall be estimated using a valuation technique such as an option pricing model. For this purpose, a similar instrument is one whose fair value differs from its intrinsic value, that is, an instrument that has time value.


If the Company’s common shares are traded in one of the national exchanges the grant-date share price of the Company’s common stock will be used to measure the fair value of the common shares issued, however, if the Company’s common shares are thinly traded the use of share prices established in its most recent private placement memorandum (“PPM”), or weekly or monthly price observations would generally be more appropriate than the use of daily price observations as such shares could be artificially inflated due to a larger spread between the bid and asked quotes and lack of consistent trading in the market.


Pursuant to ASC Paragraph 718-10-55-21 if an observable market price is not available for a share option or similar instrument with the same or similar terms and conditions, an entity shall estimate the fair value of that instrument using a valuation technique or model that meets the requirements in paragraph 718-10-55-11 and takes into account, at a minimum, all of the following factors:


a.

The exercise price of the option.




F-26






b.

The expected term of the option, taking into account both the contractual term of the option and the effects of employees’ expected exercise and post-vesting employment termination behavior: The expected life of options and similar instruments represents the period of time the option and/or warrant are expected to be outstanding. Pursuant to paragraph 718-10-S99-1, it may be appropriate to use the simplified method, i.e., expected term = ((vesting term + original contractual term) / 2), if (i) A company does not have sufficient historical exercise data to provide a reasonable basis upon which to estimate expected term due to the limited period of time its equity shares have been publicly traded; (ii) A company significantly changes the terms of its share option grants or the types of employees that receive share option grants such that its historical exercise data may no longer provide a reasonable basis upon which to estimate expected term; or (iii) A company has or expects to have significant structural changes in its business such that its historical exercise data may no longer provide a reasonable basis upon which to estimate expected term. The Company uses the simplified method to calculate expected term of share options and similar instruments as the company does not have sufficient historical exercise data to provide a reasonable basis upon which to estimate expected term.


c.

The current price of the underlying share.


d.

The expected volatility of the price of the underlying share for the expected term of the option. Pursuant to ASC Paragraph 718-10-55-25 a newly publicly traded entity might base expectations about future volatility on the average volatilities of similar entities for an appropriate period following their going public. A nonpublic entity might base its expected volatility on the average volatilities of otherwise similar public entities. For purposes of identifying otherwise similar entities, an entity would likely consider characteristics such as industry, stage of life cycle, size, and financial leverage. Because of the effects of diversification that are present in an industry sector index, the volatility of an index should not be substituted for the average of volatilities of otherwise similar entities in a fair value measurement. Pursuant to paragraph 718-10-S99-1 if shares of a company are thinly traded the use of weekly or monthly price observations would generally be more appropriate than the use of daily price observations as the volatility calculation using daily observations for such shares could be artificially inflated due to a larger spread between the bid and asked quotes and lack of consistent trading in the market. The Company uses the average historical volatility of the comparable companies over the expected term of the share options or similar instruments as its expected volatility.


e.

The expected dividends on the underlying share for the expected term of the option. The expected dividend yield is based on the Company’s current dividend yield as the best estimate of projected dividend yield for periods within the expected term of the share options and similar instruments.


f.

The risk-free interest rate(s) for the expected term of the option. Pursuant to ASC 718-10-55-28 a U.S. entity issuing an option on its own shares must use as the risk-free interest rates the implied yields currently available from the U.S. Treasury zero-coupon yield curve over the contractual term of the option if the entity is using a lattice model incorporating the option’s contractual term. If the entity is using a closed-form model, the risk-free interest rate is the implied yield currently available on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with a remaining term equal to the expected term used as the assumption in the model.


Pursuant to ASC Paragraphs 718-10-30-11 and 718-10-30-17 a restriction that stems from the forfeitability of instruments to which employees have not yet earned the right, such as the inability either to exercise a non-vested equity share option or to sell non-vested shares, is not reflected in estimating the fair value of the related instruments at the grant date. Instead, those restrictions are taken into account by recognizing compensation cost only for awards for which employees render the requisite service and a non-vested equity share or non-vested equity share unit awarded to an employee shall be measured at its fair value as if it were vested and issued on the grant date.


Pursuant to ASC Paragraphs 718-10-35-2 and 718-10-35-3 the compensation cost for an award of share-based employee compensation classified as equity shall be recognized over the requisite service period, with a corresponding credit to equity (generally, paid-in capital). The requisite service period is the period during which an employee is required to provide service in exchange for an award, which often is the vesting period. The total amount of compensation cost recognized at the end of the requisite service period for an award of share-based compensation shall be based on the number of instruments for which the requisite service has been rendered (that is, for which the requisite service period has been completed). An entity shall base initial accruals of compensation cost on the estimated number of instruments for which the requisite service is expected to be rendered. That estimate shall be revised if subsequent information indicates that the actual number of instruments is likely to differ from previous estimates. The cumulative effect on current and prior periods of a change in the estimated number of instruments for which the requisite service is expected to be or has been rendered shall be recognized in compensation cost in the period of the change. Previously recognized compensation cost shall not be reversed if an employee share option (or share unit) for which the requisite service has been rendered expires unexercised (or unconverted).



F-27






Under the requirement of ASC Paragraph 718-10-35-8 the Company made a policy decision to recognize compensation cost for an award with only service conditions that has a graded vesting schedule on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for the entire award.


Equity Instruments Issued to Parties Other Than Employees for Acquiring Goods or Services


The Company accounts for equity instruments issued to parties other than employees for acquiring goods or services under the guidance of Sub-topic 505-50 of the FASB Accounting Standards Codification (“Sub-topic 505-50”).


Pursuant to ASC paragraphs 505-50-25-6 and 505-50-25-7, a grantor shall recognize the goods acquired or services received in a share-based payment transaction when it obtains the goods or as services are received. A grantor may need to recognize an asset before it actually receives goods or services if it first exchanges share-based payment for an enforceable right to receive those goods or services. Nevertheless, the goods or services themselves are not recognized before they are received. If fully vested, nonforfeitable equity instruments are issued at the date the grantor and grantee enter into an agreement for goods or services (no specific performance is required by the grantee to retain those equity instruments), then, because of the elimination of any obligation on the part of the counterparty to earn the equity instruments, a measurement date has been reached. A grantor shall recognize the equity instruments when they are issued (in most cases, when the agreement is entered into). Pursuant to ASC paragraph 505-50-45-1, a grantor may conclude that an asset (other than a note or a receivable) has been received in return for fully vested, nonforfeitable equity instruments that are issued at the date the grantor and grantee enter into an agreement for goods or services (and no specific performance is required by the grantee in order to retain those equity instruments). Such an asset shall not be displayed as contra-equity by the grantor of the equity instruments. The transferability (or lack thereof) of the equity instruments shall not affect the balance sheet display of the asset. This guidance is limited to transactions in which equity instruments are transferred to other than employees in exchange for goods or services.


Pursuant to Paragraphs 505-50-25-8 and 505-50-25-9, an entity may grant fully vested, non-forfeitable equity instruments that are exercisable by the grantee only after a specified period of time if the terms of the agreement provide for earlier exercisability if the grantee achieves specified performance conditions. Any measured cost of the transaction shall be recognized in the same period(s) and in the same manner as if the entity had paid cash for the goods or services or used cash rebates as a sales discount instead of paying with, or using, the equity instruments. A recognized asset, expense, or sales discount shall not be reversed if a stock option that the counterparty has the right to exercise expires unexercised.


Pursuant to ASC Paragraphs 505-50-30-2 and 505-50-30-11 share-based payment transactions with nonemployees shall be measured at the fair value of the consideration received or the fair value of the equity instruments issued, whichever is more reliably measurable. The issuer shall measure the fair value of the equity instruments in these transactions using the stock price and other measurement assumptions as of the earlier of the following dates, referred to as the measurement date: (a) The date at which a commitment for performance by the counterparty to earn the equity instruments is reached (a performance commitment); or (b) The date at which the counterparty's performance is complete. If the Company’s common shares are traded in one of the national exchanges the grant-date share price of the Company’s common stock will be used to measure the fair value of the common shares issued, however, if the Company’s common shares are thinly traded the use of share prices established in the Company’s most recent private placement memorandum (“PPM”), or weekly or monthly price observations would generally be more appropriate than the use of daily price observations as such shares could be artificially inflated due to a larger spread between the bid and asked quotes and lack of consistent trading in the market.


Pursuant to ASC Paragraph 718-10-55-21 if an observable market price is not available for a share option or similar instrument with the same or similar terms and conditions, an entity shall estimate the fair value of that instrument using a valuation technique or model that meets the requirements in paragraph 718-10-55-11 and takes into account, at a minimum, all of the following factors:


a.

The exercise price of the option.




F-28






b.

The expected term of the option, taking into account both the contractual term of the option and the effects of employees’ expected exercise and post-vesting employment termination behavior: Pursuant to Paragraph 718-10-50-2(f)(2)(i) of the FASB Accounting Standards Codification the expected term of share options and similar instruments represents the period of time the options and similar instruments are expected to be outstanding taking into consideration of the contractual term of the instruments and holder’s expected exercise behavior into the fair value (or calculated value) of the instruments. The Company uses historical data to estimate holder’s expected exercise behavior. If the Company is a newly formed corporation or shares of the Company are thinly traded the contractual term of the share options and similar instruments is used as the expected term of share options and similar instruments as the Company does not have sufficient historical exercise data to provide a reasonable basis upon which to estimate expected term.


c.

The current price of the underlying share.


d.

The expected volatility of the price of the underlying share for the expected term of the option. Pursuant to ASC Paragraph 718-10-55-25 a newly publicly traded entity might base expectations about future volatility on the average volatilities of similar entities for an appropriate period following their going public. A nonpublic entity might base its expected volatility on the average volatilities of otherwise similar public entities. For purposes of identifying otherwise similar entities, an entity would likely consider characteristics such as industry, stage of life cycle, size, and financial leverage. Because of the effects of diversification that are present in an industry sector index, the volatility of an index should not be substituted for the average of volatilities of otherwise similar entities in a fair value measurement. Pursuant to paragraph 718-10-S99-1 if shares of a company are thinly traded the use of weekly or monthly price observations would generally be more appropriate than the use of daily price observations as the volatility calculation using daily observations for such shares could be artificially inflated due to a larger spread between the bid and asked quotes and lack of consistent trading in the market. The Company uses the average historical volatility of the comparable companies over the expected term of the share options or similar instruments as its expected volatility.


e.

The expected dividends on the underlying share for the expected term of the option. The expected dividend yield is based on the Company’s current dividend yield as the best estimate of projected dividend yield for periods within the expected term of the share options and similar instruments.


f.

The risk-free interest rate(s) for the expected term of the option. Pursuant to ASC 718-10-55-28 a U.S. entity issuing an option on its own shares must use as the risk-free interest rates the implied yields currently available from the U.S. Treasury zero-coupon yield curve over the contractual term of the option if the entity is using a lattice model incorporating the option’s contractual term. If the entity is using a closed-form model, the risk-free interest rate is the implied yield currently available on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with a remaining term equal to the expected term used as the assumption in the model.


Pursuant to ASC paragraph 505-50-S99-1, if the Company receives a right to receive future services in exchange for unvested, forfeitable equity instruments, those equity instruments are treated as unissued for accounting purposes until the future services are received (that is, the instruments are not considered issued until they vest). Consequently, there would be no recognition at the measurement date and no entry should be recorded.


Deferred Tax Assets and Income Tax Provision


The Company accounts for income taxes under Section 740-10-30 of the FASB Accounting Standards Codification, which requires recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the financial statements or tax returns. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are based on the differences between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the fiscal year in which the differences are expected to reverse. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance to the extent management concludes it is more likely than not that the assets will not be realized. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the fiscal years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in the Statements of Income and Comprehensive Income in the period that includes the enactment date.



F-29






The Company adopted section 740-10-25 of the FASB Accounting Standards Codification (“Section 740-10-25”) with regards to uncertainty income taxes. Section 740-10-25 addresses the determination of whether tax benefits claimed or expected to be claimed on a tax return should be recorded in the financial statements. Under Section 740-10-25, the Company may recognize the tax benefit from an uncertain tax position only if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by the taxing authorities, based on the technical merits of the position. The tax benefits recognized in the financial statements from such a position should be measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than fifty percent (50%) likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement. Section 740-10-25 also provides guidance on de-recognition, classification, interest and penalties on income taxes, accounting in interim periods and requires increased disclosures.


The estimated future tax effects of temporary differences between the tax basis of assets and liabilities are reported in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets, as well as tax credit carry-backs and carry-forwards. The Company periodically reviews the recoverability of deferred tax assets recorded on its consolidated balance sheets and provides valuation allowances as management deems necessary.


Management makes judgments as to the interpretation of the tax laws that might be challenged upon an audit and cause changes to previous estimates of tax liability. In addition, the Company operates within multiple taxing jurisdictions and is subject to audit in these jurisdictions. In management’s opinion, adequate provisions for income taxes have been made for all years. If actual taxable income by tax jurisdiction varies from estimates, additional allowances or reversals of reserves may be necessary.


Earnings per Share


Earnings per share ("EPS") is the amount of earnings attributable to each share of common stock. For convenience, the term is used to refer to either earnings or loss per share. EPS is computed pursuant to section 260-10-45 of the FASB Accounting Standards Codification. Pursuant to ASC Paragraphs 260-10-45-10 through 260-10-45-16 Basic EPS shall be computed by dividing income available to common stockholders (the numerator) by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding (the denominator) during the period. Income available to common stockholders shall be computed by deducting both the dividends declared in the period on preferred stock (whether or not paid) and the dividends accumulated for the period on cumulative preferred stock (whether or not earned) from net income (loss). The computation of diluted EPS is similar to the computation of basic EPS except that the denominator is increased to include the number of additional common shares that would have been outstanding if the dilutive potential common shares had been issued during the period to reflect the potential dilution that could occur from common shares issuable through contingent shares issuance arrangement, stock options or warrants.


Pursuant to ASC Paragraphs 260-10-45-45-21 through 260-10-45-45-23 Diluted EPS shall be based on the most advantageous conversion rate or exercise price from the standpoint of the security holder. The dilutive effect of outstanding call options and warrants (and their equivalents) issued by the reporting entity shall be reflected in diluted EPS by application of the treasury stock method. Equivalents of options and warrants include non-vested stock granted to employees, stock purchase contracts, and partially paid stock subscriptions (see paragraph 260–10–55–23). Under the treasury stock method: a. Exercise of options and warrants shall be assumed at the beginning of the period (or at time of issuance, if later) and common shares shall be assumed to be issued. b. The proceeds from exercise shall be assumed to be used to purchase common stock at the average market price during the period. c. The incremental shares (the difference between the number of shares assumed issued and the number of shares assumed purchased) shall be included in the denominator of the diluted EPS computation. Pursuant to ASC Paragraphs 260-10-45-40 through 45-42 convertible securities shall be reflected in diluted EPS by application of the if converted method. The convertible preferred stock or convertible debt shall be assumed to have been converted at the beginning of the period (or at time of issuance, if later). In applying the if-converted method, conversion shall not be assumed for purposes of computing diluted EPS if the effect would be anti-dilutive.



F-30






The Company’s contingent shares issuance arrangement, stock options or warrants are as follows:


 

 

Contingent shares issuance

arrangement, stock options

or warrants

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For the

Reporting

Period Ended

September 30,

2015

 

For the

Reporting

Period Ended

September 30,

2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Convertible Notes Payable Shares and Related Warrant Shares

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Warrants issuable, contingent upon conversion of convertible note payable of $58,000, issued on August 17, 2012 with an exercise price of $0.45 per share. The Warrants were issued in connection with the convertible note conversion on September 27, 2013

 

193,334

 

 

193,334

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Warrants issuable, contingent upon conversion of convertible note payable of $50,000, issued on October 11, 2012 with an exercise price of $0.45 per share. The Warrants were issued in connection with the convertible note conversion on September 27, 2013

 

166,666

 

 

166,666

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Warrants issuable, contingent upon conversion of convertible note payable of $8,000, issued on February 8, 2013 with an exercise price of $0.45 per share. The Warrants were issued in connection with the convertible note conversion on September 27, 2013

 

26,667

 

 

26,667

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Warrants issuable, contingent upon conversion of convertible note payable of $20,000, issued on June 28, 2013 with an exercise price of $0.45 per share. The Warrants were issued in connection with the convertible note conversion on September 27, 2013

 

66,667

 

 

66,667

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sub-total: convertible notes payable shares and related warrant shares

 

453,334

 

 

453,334

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock Option Shares

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock options issued in June, 2010 to the founder of the Company, upon formation, with an exercise price of $0.01 per share expiring five (5) years from the date of issuance. The options were exercised on June 30, 2015.

 

-

 

 

1,600,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock options issued on November 30, 2010 to the members of the board of directors of the Company with an exercise price of $0.01 per share expiring five (5) years from the date of issuance

 

200,000

 

 

200,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock options issued on March 13, 2012 to a consultant with an exercise price of $0.44 per share expiring five (5) years from the date of issuance

 

50,000

 

 

50,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock options issued on August 24, 2012 for conversion of PSI stock options originally issued on December 20, 2010 with an exercise price of $1.00 per share expiring ten (10) years from the date of original issuance upon acquisition of PSI

 

750,000

 

 

750,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock options issued on August 24, 2012 for conversion of PSI stock options originally issued on February 22, 2012 with an exercise price of $2.00 per share expiring ten (10) years from the date of original issuance upon acquisition of PSI

 

650,000

 

 

650,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock options issued on September 6, 2013 to the advisory board member of the Company with an exercise price of $0.75 per share expiring five (5) years from the date of issuance

 

10,000

 

 

10,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock options issued on February 28, 2014 to the two officers of the Company with an exercise price of $0.40 per share expiring five (5) years from the date of issuance

 

1,800,000

 

 

1,800,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



F-31






Stock options issued on July 1, 2014 to the officer of the Company with an exercise price of $0.40 per share expiring five (5) years from the date of issuance

 

250,000

 

 

200,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock options issued on September 30, 2014 to the two officers of the Company with an exercise price of $0.125 per share expiring five (5) years from the date of issuance

 

262,500

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock options issued on December 31, 2014 to the two officers of the Company with an exercise price of $0.11 per share expiring five (5) years from the date of issuance

 

262,500

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock options issued on March 31, 2015 to the two officers of the Company with an exercise price of $0.19 per share expiring five (5) years from the date of issuance

 

262,500

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock option issued on May 15, 2015 to the director of the Company with an exercise price of $0.25 per share expiring five (5) years from the date of issuance

 

150,000

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock options issued on June 30, 2015 to the two officers of the Company with an exercise price of $0.135 per share expiring five (5) years from the date of issuance

 

262,500

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock options issued on September 30, 2015 to the two officers of the Company with an exercise price of $0.135 per share expiring five (5) years from the date of issuance

 

262,500

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sub-total: Stock option shares

 

5,172,500

 

 

5,260,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

Warrant Shares

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Warrants issued on November 10, 2010 to investors in connection with the Company’s November 10, 2010 equity financing with an exercise price of $0.01 per share expiring five (5) years from the date of issuance

 

1,600,000

 

 

1,600,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

Remaining unexercised warrants originally issued on November 30, 2010 to investors with an exercise price of $0.01 per share expiring five (5) years from the date of issuance

 

84,334

 

 

2,434,334

 

 

 

 

 

 

Warrants issued on November 30, 2010 for services with an exercise price of $0.01 per share expiring five (5) years from the date of issuance

 

375,000

 

 

375,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

Warrants issued on March 8, 2012 to an investor with an exercise price of $0.50 per share expiring five (5) years from the date of issuance

 

190,000

 

 

190,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

Warrants issued on March 15, 2012 to an investor with an exercise price of $0.75 per share expiring five (5) years from the date of issuance

 

75,000

 

 

75,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

Warrants issued on April 19, 2012 to an investor with an exercise price of $1.65 per share expiring five (5) years from the date of issuance

 

14,545

 

 

14,545

 

 

 

 

 

 

Warrants issued on May 9, 2012 to an investor with an exercise price of $2.16 per share expiring five (5) years from the date of issuance

 

9,091

 

 

9,091

 

 

 

 

 

 

Warrants issued on May 14, 2012 to investors with an exercise price of $2.25 per share expiring five (5) years from the date of issuance

 

18,182

 

 

18,182

 

 

 

 

 

 

Warrants issued between May 21 and 25, 2012 to investors with an exercise price of $2.31 per share expiring five (5) years from the date of issuance

 

112,955

 

 

112,955

 

 

 

 

 

 

Remaining unexercised warrants originally issued on September 25, 2012 to investors with an exercise price of $0.45 per share expiring five (5) years from the date of issuance

 

236,666

 

 

236,666

 

 

 

 

 

 

Warrants issued on December 19, 2012 to investors with an exercise price of $0.45 per share expiring five (5) years from the date of issuance

 

520,999

 

 

520,999

 

 

 

 

 

 



F-32






Warrants issued on February 27, 2013 and March 17, 2013 for services with an exercise price of $0.30 per share expiring five (5) years from the date of issuance

 

700,000

 

 

700,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

Warrants issued on March 18, 2013 to investors with an exercise price of $0.45 per share expiring five (5) years from the date of issuance

 

3,096,603

 

 

3,096,603

 

 

 

 

 

 

Warrants issued on April 18, 2013 to investors with an exercise price of $0.45 per share expiring five (5) years from the date of issuance

 

601,668

 

 

601,668

 

 

 

 

 

 

Warrants issued on May 9, 2013 to investors with an exercise price of $1.00 per share expiring five (5) years from the date of issuance

 

40,000

 

 

40,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

Warrants issued on August 15, 2013 to investors with an exercise price of $0.75 per share expiring five (5) years from the date of issuance

 

4,121,250

 

 

4,121,250

 

 

 

 

 

 

Warrants issued on September 29, 2013 to an investor with an exercise price of $0.45 per share expiring five (5) years from the date of issuance

 

250,000

 

 

250,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

Warrants issued on January 13, 2014 to investors with an exercise price of $0.40 per share expiring five (5) years from the date of issuance

 

793,333

 

 

793,333

 

 

 

 

 

 

Warrants issued on January 13, 2014 to investors with an exercise price of $0.45 per share expiring five (5) years from the date of issuance

 

228,572

 

 

228,572

 

 

 

 

 

 

Warrants issued on March 28, 2014 to investors with an exercise price of $0.65 per share expiring five (5) years from the date of issuance

 

150,000

 

 

150,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

Warrants issued on April 4, 2014 to the stockholders of SMI Holdings, Inc. with an exercise price of $0.665 per share expiring five (5) years from the date of issuance in connection with Asset Purchase Agreement.

 

131,266

 

 

131,266

 

 

 

 

 

 

Warrants issued on April 30, 2014 to investors with an exercise price of $0.65 per share expiring five (5) years from the date of issuance.

 

57,222

 

 

57,222

 

 

 

 

 

 

Warrants issued on July 22, 2014 to the investor with an exercise price of $0.30 per share expiring five (5) years from the date of issuance.

 

348,000

 

 

348,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

Warrants issued on February 26, 2015 to the investor with an exercise price of $0.15 per share expiring five (5) years from the date of issuance.

 

 15,211,234

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

Warrants issued on April 9, 2015 to an investor with an exercise price of $0.15 per share expiring five (5) years from the date of issuance.

 

428,572

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

Warrants issued on April 18, 2015 to the consultant with an exercise price of $0.25 per share expiring five (5) years from the date of issuance.

 

500,000

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

Warrants issued in April 2015 to the investors with an exercise price of $0.25 per share expiring five (5) years from the date of issuance.

 

 3,241,332

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

Warrants issued in June 2015 to the investors with an exercise price of $0.25 per share expiring five (5) years from the date of issuance.

 

1,713,333

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

Warrants issued in August 2015 to the investors with an exercise price of $0.25 per share expiring five (5) years from the date of issuance.

 

966,666

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

Warrants issued in September 2015 to the investors with an exercise price of $0.15 per share expiring five (5) years from the date of issuance.

 

555,555

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 



F-33






Sub-total: Warrant shares

 

36,371,578

 

 

14,554,686

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total contingent shares issuance arrangement, stock options or warrants

 

41,997,412

 

 

20,268,020

 

 

 

 


There were approximate 3,269,795 and 7,975,808 incremental common shares under the treasury stock method for the reporting period ended September 30, 2015 and 2014, respectively, which were excluded from the diluted earnings per share calculation as they were anti-dilutive.


Cash Flows Reporting


The Company adopted paragraph 230-10-45-24 of the FASB Accounting Standards Codification for cash flows reporting, classifies cash receipts and payments according to whether they stem from operating, investing, or financing activities and provides definitions of each category, and uses the indirect or reconciliation method (“Indirect method”) as defined by paragraph 230-10-45-25 of the FASB Accounting Standards Codification to report net cash flow from operating activities by adjusting net income to reconcile it to net cash flow from operating activities by removing the effects of (a) all deferrals of past operating cash receipts and payments and all accruals of expected future operating cash receipts and payments and (b) all items that are included in net income that do not affect operating cash receipts and payments. The Company reports the reporting currency equivalent of foreign currency cash flows, using the current exchange rate at the time of the cash flows and the effect of exchange rate changes on cash held in foreign currencies is reported as a separate item in the reconciliation of beginning and ending balances of cash and cash equivalents and separately provides information about investing and financing activities not resulting in cash receipts or payments in the period pursuant to paragraph 830-230-45-1 of the FASB Accounting Standards Codification.


Segment Information


The Company follows Topic 280 of the FASB Accounting Standards Codification for segment reporting. Pursuant to Paragraph 280-10-50-1 an operating segment is a component of a public entity that has all of the following characteristics: a. It engages in business activities from which it may earn revenues and incur expenses (including revenues and expenses relating to transactions with other components of the same public entity). b. Its operating results are regularly reviewed by the public entity's chief operating decision maker to make decisions about resources to be allocated to the segment and assess its performance. c. Its discrete financial information is available. In accordance with Paragraph 280-10-50-5 the term chief operating decision maker identifies a function, not necessarily a manager with a specific title. That function is to allocate resources to and assess the performance of the segments of a public entity. Often the chief operating decision maker of a public entity is its chief executive officer or chief operating officer, but it may be a group consisting of, for example, the public entity's president, executive vice presidents, and others. Pursuant to Paragraph 280-10-50-10 a public entity shall report separately information about each operating segment that meets both of the following criteria: a. Has been identified in accordance with paragraphs 280-10-50-1 and 280-10-50-3 through 50-9 or results from aggregating two or more of those segments in accordance with the following paragraph; and b. Exceeds the quantitative thresholds in paragraph 280-10-50-12. In accordance with Paragraph 280-10-50-12 a public entity shall report separately information about an operating segment that meets any of the following quantitative thresholds: a. Its reported revenue, including both sales to external customers and intersegment sales or transfers, is 10 percent or more of the combined revenue, internal and external, of all operating segments. b. The absolute amount of its reported profit or loss is 10 percent or more of the greater, in absolute amount, of either: 1. The combined reported profit of all operating segments that did not report a loss, or 2. The combined reported loss of all operating segments that did report a loss. c. Its assets are 10 percent or more of the combined assets of all operating segments. Pursuant to Paragraphs 280-10-50-22 and 280-10-50-29, a public entity shall report a measure of profit or loss and total assets for each reportable segment and provide an explanation of the measurements of segment profit or loss and segment assets for each reportable segment. At a minimum, a public entity shall disclose all of the following: a. The basis of accounting for any transactions between reportable segments. b. The nature of any differences between the measurements of the reportable segments' profits or losses and the public entity's consolidated income (loss) before income tax provision, extraordinary items, and discontinued operations (if not apparent from the reconciliations described in paragraphs 280-10-50-30 through 50-31). c. The nature of any differences between the measurements of the reportable segments’ assets and the public entity's consolidated assets (if not apparent from the reconciliations described in paragraphs 280-10-50-30 through 50-31). d. The nature of any changes from prior periods in the measurement methods used to determine reported segment profit or loss and the effect, if any, of those changes on the measure of segment profit or loss. e. The nature and effect of any asymmetrical allocations to reportable segments.



F-34






Non-controlling Interest


The Company follows paragraph 810-10-65-1 of the FASB Accounting Standards Codification to report the non-controlling interest in PDC, its 50% owned subsidiary in the consolidated statements of balance sheets within the equity section, separately from the Company’s stockholders’ equity. Non-controlling interest represents the non-controlling interest holder’s proportionate share of the equity of the Company’s 50%-owned subsidiary, PDC. Non-controlling interest is adjusted for the non-controlling interest holder’s proportionate share of the earnings or losses and other comprehensive income (loss) and the non-controlling interest continues to be attributed its share of losses even if that attribution results in a deficit non-controlling interest balance.


Subsequent Events


The Company follows the guidance in Section 855-10-50 of the FASB Accounting Standards Codification for the disclosure of subsequent events. The Company will evaluate subsequent events through the date when the financial statements were issued. Pursuant to ASU 2010-09 of the FASB Accounting Standards Codification, the Company as an SEC filer considers its financial statements issued when they are widely distributed to users, such as through filing them on EDGAR.


Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements


In May 2014, the FASB issued the FASB Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-09 “Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606)” (“ASU 2014-09”).


This guidance amends the existing FASB Accounting Standards Codification, creating a new Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customer. The core principle of the guidance is that an entity should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services.


To achieve that core principle, an entity should apply the following steps:


1.

Identify the contract(s) with the customer


2.

Identify the performance obligations in the contract


3.

Determine the transaction price


4.

Allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract


5.

Recognize revenue when (or as) the entity satisfies a performance obligations


The ASU also provides guidance on disclosures that should be provided to enable financial statement users to understand the nature, amount, timing, and uncertainty of revenue recognition and cash flows arising from contracts with customers. Qualitative and quantitative information is required about the following:


1.

Contracts with customers – including revenue and impairments recognized, disaggregation of revenue, and information about contract balances and performance obligations (including the transaction price allocated to the remaining performance obligations)


2.

Significant judgments and changes in judgments – determining the timing of satisfaction of performance obligations (over time or at a point in time), and determining the transaction price and amounts allocated to performance obligations


3.

Assets recognized from the costs to obtain or fulfill a contract.


ASU 2014-09 is effective for periods beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim reporting periods within that reporting period for all public entities. Early application is not permitted.


In June 2014, the FASB issued the FASB Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-12 “Compensation—Stock Compensation (Topic 718) : Accounting for Share-Based Payments When the Terms of an Award Provide That a Performance Target Could Be Achieved after the Requisite Service Period” (“ASU 2014-12”).



F-35






The amendments clarify the proper method of accounting for share-based payments when the terms of an award provide that a performance target could be achieved after the requisite service period. The Update requires that a performance target that affects vesting and that could be achieved after the requisite service period be treated as a performance condition. The performance target should not be reflected in estimating the grant-date fair value of the award. Compensation cost should be recognized in the period in which it becomes probable that the performance target will be achieved and should represent the compensation cost attributable to the period(s) for which the requisite service has already been rendered.


The amendments in this Update are effective for annual periods and interim periods within those annual periods beginning after December 15, 2015. Earlier adoption is permitted.


In August 2014, the FASB issued the FASB Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-15 “Presentation of Financial Statements—Going Concern (Subtopic 205-40): Disclosure of Uncertainties about an Entity’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern (“ASU 2014-15”).


In connection with preparing financial statements for each annual and interim reporting period, an entity’s management should evaluate whether there are conditions or events, considered in the aggregate, that raise substantial doubt about the entity’s ability to continue as a going concern within one year after the date that the financial statements are issued (or within one year after the date that the financial statements are available to be issued when applicable). Management’s evaluation should be based on relevant conditions and events that are known and reasonably knowable at the date that the financial statements are issued (or at the date that the financial statements are available to be issued when applicable). Substantial doubt about an entity’s ability to continue as a going concern exists when relevant conditions and events, considered in the aggregate, indicate that it is probable that the entity will be unable to meet its obligations as they become due within one year after the date that the financial statements are issued (or available to be issued). The term probable is used consistently with its use in Topic 450, Contingencies.


When management identifies conditions or events that raise substantial doubt about an entity’s ability to continue as a going concern, management should consider whether its plans that are intended to mitigate those relevant conditions or events will alleviate the substantial doubt. The mitigating effect of management’s plans should be considered only to the extent that (1) it is probable that the plans will be effectively implemented and, if so, (2) it is probable that the plans will mitigate the conditions or events that raise substantial doubt about the entity’s ability to continue as a going concern.


If conditions or events raise substantial doubt about an entity’s ability to continue as a going concern, but the substantial doubt is alleviated as a result of consideration of management’s plans, the entity should disclose information that enables users of the financial statements to understand all of the following (or refer to similar information disclosed elsewhere in the footnotes):


a.

Principal conditions or events that raised substantial doubt about the entity’s ability to continue as a going concern (before consideration of management’s plans)


b.

Management’s evaluation of the significance of those conditions or events in relation to the entity’s ability to meet its obligations


c.

Management’s plans that alleviated substantial doubt about the entity’s ability to continue as a going concern.


If conditions or events raise substantial doubt about an entity’s ability to continue as a going concern, and substantial doubt is not alleviated after consideration of management’s plans, an entity should include a statement in the footnotes indicating that there is substantial doubt about the entity’s ability to continue as a going concern within one year after the date that the financial statements are issued (or available to be issued). Additionally, the entity should disclose information that enables users of the financial statements to understand all of the following:


a.

Principal conditions or events that raise substantial doubt about the entity’s ability to continue as a going concern


b.

Management’s evaluation of the significance of those conditions or events in relation to the entity’s ability to meet its obligations


c.

Management’s plans that are intended to mitigate the conditions or events that raise substantial doubt about the entity’s ability to continue as a going concern.


The amendments in this Update are effective for the annual period ending after December 15, 2016, and for annual periods and interim periods thereafter. Early application is permitted.



F-36






In November 2014, the FASB issued the FASB Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-16 “Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815):


Determining Whether the Host Contract in a Hybrid Financial Instrument Issued in the Form of a Share Is More Akin to Debt or to Equity” (“ASU 2014-16”).


The amendments in ASU No. 2014-16 clarify that an entity must take into account all relevant terms and features when reviewing the nature of the host contract. Additionally, the amendments state that no one term or feature would define the host contract’s economic characteristics and risks. Instead, the economic characteristics and risks of the hybrid financial instrument as a whole would determine the nature of the host contract.


The amendments in this Update are effective for public business entities for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2015. Early adoption, including adoption in an interim period, is permitted.


In January 2015, the FASB issued the FASB Accounting Standards Update No. 2015-01 “Income Statement—Extraordinary and Unusual Items (Subtopic 225-20): Simplifying Income Statement Presentation by Eliminating the Concept of Extraordinary Items” (“ASU 2015-01”).


This Update eliminates from GAAP the concept of extraordinary items and the requirements in Subtopic 225-20 for reporting entities to separately classify, present, and disclose extraordinary events and transactions.


The amendments in this Update are effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2015. Early adoption is permitted provided that the guidance is applied from the beginning of the fiscal year of adoption.


In February 2015, the FASB issued the FASB Accounting Standards Update No. 2015-02 “Consolidation (Topic 810) -Amendments to the Consolidation Analysis” (“ASU 2015-02”) to improve certain areas of consolidation guidance for reporting organizations (i.e., public, private, and not-for-profit) that are required to evaluate whether to consolidate certain legal entities such as limited partnerships, limited liability corporations, and securitization structures (e.g., collateralized debt/loan obligations). All legal entities are subject to reevaluation under the revised consolidation model. Specifically, the amendments:


·

Eliminating the presumption that a general partner should consolidate a limited partnership.


·

Eliminating the indefinite deferral of FASB Statement No. 167, thereby reducing the number of Variable Interest Entity (VIE) consolidation models from four to two (including the limited partnership consolidation model).


·

Clarifying when fees paid to a decision maker should be a factor to include in the consolidation of VIEs. Note: a VIE is a legal entity in which consolidation is not based on a majority of voting rights.


·

Amending the guidance for assessing how related party relationships affect VIE consolidation analysis.


·

Excluding certain money market funds from the consolidation guidance.


The amendments in this Update are effective for public business entities for fiscal years, and for interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2015. Early adoption is permitted, including adoption in an interim period.


Management does not believe that any recently issued, but not yet effective accounting pronouncements, when adopted, will have a material effect on the accompanying financial statements.


Note 3 – Going Concern


The Company has elected to adopt early application of Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-15, “Presentation of Financial Statements—Going Concern (Subtopic 205-40): Disclosure of Uncertainties about an Entity’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern (“ASU 2014-15”).


The Company’s consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming that it will continue as a going concern, which contemplates continuity of operations, realization of assets, and liquidation of liabilities in the normal course of business.



F-37






As reflected in the consolidated financial statements, the Company had an accumulated deficit at September 30, 2015, a net loss and net cash used in operating activities for the reporting period then ended. These factors raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern.


The Company is attempting to further implement its business plan and generate sufficient revenue; however, the Company’s cash position may not be sufficient to support its daily operations. While the Company believes in the viability of its strategy to further implement its business plan and generate sufficient revenue and in its ability to raise additional funds by way of a public or private offering, there can be no assurances to that effect. The ability of the Company to continue as a going concern is dependent upon its ability to further implement its business plan and generate sufficient revenue and its ability to raise additional funds by way of a public or private offering.


The consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments related to the recoverability and classification of recorded asset amounts or the amounts and classification of liabilities that might be necessary should the Company be unable to continue as a going concern.


Note 4 - Business Acquisitions


(i) Acquisition of National Pain Centers, Inc


On January 28, 2014, the Company entered into an Exchange Agreement (“Exchange Agreement”) to acquire all of the issued and outstanding shares of common stock of National Pain Centers, Inc. ("NPC"), a Nevada holding corporation based in Deer Park, Illinois.


On February 28, 2014, the Company consummated the Exchange Agreement and acquired all of the issued and outstanding shares of common stock of NPC for and in consideration of the issuance of 5,000,000 shares of common stock of the Company valued at $0.24 per share or $1,200,000, the relative fair value of the PPM consummated on January 13, 2014, immediately prior to the consummation of the Exchange Agreement, which was recorded as goodwill as NPC is a newly formed entity. NPC is now operated as a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company.


(ii) Acquisition of Certain Assets and Settlement of Certain Debt Treated as a Business Acquisition.


On April 4, 2014, StealthCo consummated an Asset Purchase Agreement (“Purchase Agreement”) and acquired certain assets of SMI. In consideration for the purchased assets, the Company issued 375,820 shares of $0.001 par value common stock (“WCUI Shares”) and warrants (“Warrants”) to acquire 90,505 WCUI Shares with an exercise price of $0.665 per share expiring five years from the date of issuance. In addition, the Company settled certain debt of SMI through the issuance of 105,093 shares of $0.001 par value common stock (“WCUI Shares”) and warrants (“Warrants”) to acquire 40,761 WCUI Shares with an exercise price of $0.665 per share expiring five years from the date of issuance.


Pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Purchase Agreement, the Company would be obligated to pay royalties for a period commencing with the Closing Date and continuing through the third anniversary of the Closing Date or the date upon which the aggregate, cumulative royalties paid equal $250,000, whichever first occurs. The Company would pay royalties annually in an amount equal to 5% of Net Revenues collected by the Company and arising from or relating to the sale of SMI authentication and encryption products and services, subject to an aggregate cap of $250,000.


Accounting Treatment of the Transaction


The Company acquired certain assets and settled certain debt, a lesser component of an entity. In evaluating whether an acquisition of a lesser component of an entity constitutes a business the Company considered the following facts and circumstances: (1) Whether the nature of the revenue-producing activity of the component will remain generally the same as before the transaction; or (2) Whether any of the following attributes remain with the component after the transaction: (i) Physical facilities, (ii) Employee base, (iii) Market distribution system, (iv) Sales force, (v) Customer base, (vi) Operating rights, (vii) Production techniques, or (viii) Trade names. The Company determined that this transaction is a business acquisition as there is sufficient continuity of the acquired entity’s operations prior to and after the transaction.



F-38






Identification of the Accounting Acquirer


The Company used the existence of a controlling financial interest to identify the acquirer—the entity that obtains control of the acquiree in accordance with ASC paragraph 805-20-25-5 and identifies the acquisition date, which is the date on which it obtains control of the acquiree in accordance with ASC paragraph 805-20-25-6. The management of the Company specifically addressed (i) the ownership interest of each party after the acquisition; (ii) the members of the board of directors from both companies; and (iii) senior management from both companies and determined that Wellness Center USA, Inc. was the accounting acquirer for the merger between Wellness Center USA, Inc. and SMI.


The specific control factors considered to determine which entity was the accounting acquirer are as follows:


(i) The ownership interest of each party after the acquisition

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

WCUI's common shares issued and outstanding prior to SMI assets acquisition

 

50,909,909

 

 

99.2

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

WCUI's common shares issued to the stockholders of SMI for the acquisition of certain assets and settlement of certain debt of SMI upon acquisition of certain SMI assets and settlement of certain debt

 

427,103

 

 

0.8

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

51,337,012

 

 

100.0

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii) The members of the board of directors from both companies

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The members of the board of directors from WCUI prior to SMI assets acquisition

 

3

 

 

100.0

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The members of the board of directors from SMI upon acquisition of certain SMI assets and settlement of certain debt

 

-

 

 

0.0

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

 

100.0

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(iii) Senior management from both companies

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Senior management from WCUI prior to SMI assets acquisition

 

2

 

 

100.0

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Senior management from SMI upon acquisition of certain SMI assets and settlement of certain debt

 

-

 

 

-

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

 

100.0

%


Intangible Assets Identification, Estimated Fair Value and Useful Lives


The Company considered this acquisition a bargain purchase and did not identify any separate recognizable intangible assets that possessed economic value at the date of acquisition.


Valuation of Consideration and Allocation of Purchase Price


In consideration for the purchased assets and settlement of certain debt, the Company issued to the stockholders and debt holders of SMI (i) 375,820 and 105,093 shares, or 480,913 shares in aggregate of $0.001 par value common stock (“WCUI Shares”) and (ii) warrants (“Warrants”) to acquire 90,505 and 40,761 WCUI Shares, or 131,266 WCUI shares in aggregate with an exercise price of $0.665 per share expiring five years from the date of issuance, respectively. Pursuant to ASC Paragraphs 505-50-30-2 and 505-50-30-11 share-based payment transactions with nonemployees shall be measured at the fair value of the consideration received or the fair value of the equity instruments issued, whichever is more reliably measurable. The Company determined that the fair value of the equity instruments issued is more reliably measurable and valued (i) 480,913 common shares issued at $0.665 per share, the weekly average stock price proceeding the acquisition date (the measurement date), or $319,907; and (ii) the Warrants to acquire 131,266 WCUI shares in aggregate with an exercise price of $0.665 per share expiring five years from the date of issuance at $0.3282 per warrant share or $43,082 on the date of grant (the measurement date) using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model.



F-39






The purchase price has been allocated to the tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed, and any non-controlling interest, if any, based on their estimated fair values at the date of acquisition as follows:


 

Book Value

 

Fair Value Adjustment

 

Fair Market Value

Cash

$

2,969

 

$

-

 

$

2,969

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Inventories

 

87,122

 

 

 

 

 

87,122

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Prepayments and other current assets

 

32,497

 

 

(30,663)

 

 

1,834

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Property and equipment

 

3,020

 

 

 

 

 

3,020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Patents

 

379,803

 

 

 

 

 

379,803

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gain from bargain purchase

 

 

 

 

(111,859)

 

 

(111,859)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

505,411

 

 

(142,522)

 

 

362,889

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-controlling interest

 

(-)

 

 

-

 

 

(-)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchase price

$

505,411

 

$

(142,522)

 

$

362,889


Note 5 – Inventories


Inventories consisted of the following:


 

September 30, 2015

 

September 30, 2014

Purchased parts for assembly – PSI/PDC

$

134,385

 

$

183,118

 

 

 

 

 

 

Finished goods - PSI

 

66,398

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

Raw material - StealthCo

 

12,718

 

 

86,872

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

213,501

 

$

269,990


Slow-Moving or Obsolescence Markdowns


The Company recorded $80,960 and $0, respectively, in inventory obsolescence adjustments for the reporting period ended September 30, 2015 or 2014.



F-40






Note 6 – Property and Equipment


Property and equipment, stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation consisted of the following:


 

Estimated Useful Life (Years)

 

September 30, 2014

 

September 30, 2014

Auto

3

 

$

15,000

 

$

15,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Computer equipment

5

 

 

6,810

 

 

5,526

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Furniture and fixture

7

 

 

24,966

 

 

24,966

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Leasehold improvement

5

 

 

15,170

 

 

15,170

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Medical and office equipment

5

 

 

18,889

 

 

18,889

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Software

3

 

 

23,207

 

 

22,815

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

104,042

 

 

102,366

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less accumulated depreciation

 

 

 

(74,418)

 

 

(57,702)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

29,624

 

$

44,664


(i)

Depreciation Expense


Depreciation expense was $12,316 and $26,093 for the reporting period ended September 30, 2015 and 2014, respectively.


(ii)

Impairment


The Company completed the annual impairment test of property and equipment and determined that there was no impairment as the fair value of property and equipment, exceeded their carrying values at September 30, 2015.


Note 7 – Intangible Assets Other Than Goodwill


The Company tested its long live assets’ recoverability annually or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that its carrying amount may not be recoverable. During the fiscal year ended September 30, 2015, based upon the results of its year end impairment evaluation of long-lived assets other than goodwill, the Company recorded a non-cash asset impairment charge of $2.1 million in the PSI reporting unit to reduce the PSI Acquired Technologies, Trademarks and non-compete to fair value. The results of this impairment evaluation resulted in a non-cash charge of $1.66 million to impair goodwill associated with the PSI reporting unit.


Patents - StealthCo


The Company follows the guidelines as set out in paragraph 350-30-25-3 and paragraph 350-30-35-6 of the FASB Accounting Standards Codification for patent. For acquired patents the Company records the costs to acquire patents as patent and amortizes the patent acquisition cost over its remaining legal life, or estimated useful life, or the term of the contract, whichever is shorter. For internal developed patents, all costs incurred to the point when a patent application is to be filed are expended as incurred as research and development expense; patent application costs, generally legal costs, thereafter incurred are capitalized, which are to be amortized once the patents are granted or expended if the patent application is rejected. The Company amortizes the internal developed patents over the shorter of the expected useful lives or the legal lives of the patents, which are generally 17 to 20 years for domestic patents and 5 to 20 years for foreign patents from the date when the patents are granted. The costs of defending and maintaining patents are expended as incurred. Upon becoming fully amortized, the related cost and accumulated amortization are removed from the accounts.


The Company acquired certain patents from the acquisition of certain assets from SMI and amortizes the acquisition cost over patent acquisition cost over its remaining legal life.



F-41






(i)

Amortization Expense


Amortization expense was $42,438 for the reporting period ended September 30, 2015.


Summary of Patents and Exclusive Licenses


The patents and exclusive licenses were as follows:


 

Estimated Useful Life (Years)

 

September 30, 2015

 

September 30, 2014

PSI

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exclusive license

20

 

$

5,000

 

$

5,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated amortization

 

 

 

(1,191)

 

 

(938

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated impairment

 

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,809

 

 

4,062

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stealth Co

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Patents

15

 

$

356,290

 

$

379,803

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated amortization

 

 

 

(53,656)

 

 

(11,218)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated impairment

 

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

302,634

 

 

368,585

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Patents and exclusive license

 

 

 

361,290

 

 

384,803

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated amortization

 

 

 

(54,847)

 

 

(12,156)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated impairment

 

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

306,443

 

$

372,647




F-42






Acquired Technologies

 

Acquired technologies, stated at cost, less accumulated amortization consisted of the following:


 

Estimated Useful Life (Years)

 

September 30, 2015

 

September 30, 2014

PSI

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Acquired technologies

20

 

 

2,095,000

 

 

2,095,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated amortization

 

 

 

(322,973)

 

 

(218,225)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated impairment

 

 

 

(1,749,027)

 

 

(-)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

26,200

 

 

1,876,775

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Acquired technologies

 

 

 

2,095,000

 

 

2,420,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated amortization

 

 

 

(322,973)

 

 

(218,225)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated impairment

 

 

 

(1,749,027)

 

 

(-)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

23,000

 

$

1,876,775


Impairment Testing and Amortization Expense


(i)

Impairment Testing


The Company completed the annual impairment testing of acquired technologies and determined that there was $1,749,027 impaired at September 30, 2015.


(ii)

Amortization Expense


Amortization expense was $104,748 each for the reporting period ended September 30, 2015 and 2014, respectively.



F-43






Non-compete Agreements

 

Non-compete agreements, stated at cost, less accumulated amortization consisted of the following:


 

Estimated Useful Life (Years)

 

September 30, 2015

 

September 30, 2014

PSI

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-Compete agreement

4

 

 

120,000

 

 

120,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated amortization

 

 

 

(92,500)

 

 

(62,500)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated impairment

 

 

 

(27,500)

 

 

(-)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

-

 

 

57,500

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-Compete agreements

 

 

 

120,000

 

 

120,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated amortization

 

 

 

(92,500)

 

 

(62,500

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated impairment

 

 

 

(27,500)

 

 

(-)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

-

 

$

57,500


Impairment Testing and Amortization Expense


(i)

Impairment Testing


The Company completed the annual impairment testing of non-compete agreements and determined that there was $27,500 impaired at September 30, 2015.


(ii)

Amortization Expense


Amortization expense was $30,000 each for the reporting period ended September 30, 2015 and 2014, respectively.



F-44






Trademarks


Trademarks, stated at cost, less accumulated amortization consisted of the following:


 

Estimated Useful Life (Years)

 

June 30, 2015

 

September 30, 2014

PSI

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trademark - Psoria-Light

7

 

 

420,000

 

 

420,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated amortization

 

 

 

(177,500)

 

 

(117,500)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated impairment

 

 

 

(222,300)

 

 

(-)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

20,270

 

 

302,500

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trademark - Psoria-Shield

7

 

 

210,000

 

 

210,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated amortization

 

 

 

(100,000)

 

 

(70,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated impairment

 

 

 

(103,300)

 

 

(-)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,700

 

 

140,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trademarks

 

 

 

630,000

 

 

630,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated amortization

 

 

 

(277,500)

 

 

(187,500

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated impairment

 

 

 

(325,600)

 

 

(-)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

26,900

 

$

442,500


Impairment Testing and Amortization Expense


(i)

 Impairment Testing


The Company completed the annual impairment testing of trademarks and determined that there was total $325,600 impairment to the fair value of intangible assets other than goodwill inclusive of acquired technologies, exclusive licenses, non-compete agreements, and trademarks at September 30, 2015.


(ii)

Amortization Expense


Amortization expense was $90,000 each for the reporting period ended September 30, 2015 and 2014, respectively.




F-45






Note 8 – Goodwill


Goodwill, stated at cost, less accumulated impairment, if any, consisted of the following:


 

 

September 30, 2015

 

September 30, 2014

Acquisition of NPC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Goodwill

 

$

1,200,000

 

$

1,200,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated impairment

 

 

(1,200,000)

 

 

(-)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

-

 

 

1,200,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Acquisition of PSI

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Goodwill

 

 

1,716,603

 

 

1,716,603

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated impairment

 

 

(1,661,287)

 

 

(-)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

55,316

 

 

1,716,603

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Acquired technologies

 

 

2,916,603

 

 

2,916,603

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated impairment

 

 

(2,861,287)

 

 

(-)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

55,316

 

$

2,916,603


Impairment Testing


The Company completed the impairment testing of goodwill and determined that there was an impairment of $2,861,287 to the goodwill at September 30, 2015. The estimated fair value of goodwill was determined using discounted cash flow models. Due to an overall decline in the financial performance and anticipated future performance of PSI and NPC, it is estimated that future cash flows from PSI and NPC would not be sufficient to cover the carrying value of their goodwill. The amount of goodwill impaired in 2015 was $2,861,287 and was recorded in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations for fiscal year ended September 30, 2015.


Note 9 – Website Development Costs


Website development costs, stated at cost, less accumulated amortization consisted of the following:


 

Estimated Useful Life (Years)

 

September 30, 2015

 

September 30, 2014

Website development costs

3

 

$

22,809

 

$

22,809

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less accumulated amortization

 

 

 

(22,809)

 

 

(17,261)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

-

 

$

5,548


Impairment Testing and Amortization Expense


(i)

Impairment Testing


The Company completed the annual impairment testing of website development costs and determined that there was no impairment as the fair value of website development costs, exceeded their carrying values at September 30, 2015.



F-46






(ii)

Amortization Expense


Amortization expense was $5,548 and $8,435 for the reporting period ended September 30, 2015 and 2014, respectively.


Note 10 – Convertible Notes Payable - JMJ


April 16, 2014 Note Payable


General Terms


On April 16, 2014, the Company (the “Borrower”) entered into a Promissory Note Agreement (the “Note”) with an investor (the “Lender”) for up to $350,000 principal that is to be transferred in tranches. The consideration is $315,000 payable with a 10% original interest discount and will mature after two years from the date of each payment. The Lender shall pay $150,000 of Consideration upon closing of this Note. The Lender may pay additional Consideration to the Borrower in such amounts and at such dates as Lender may choose in its sole discretion.


On April 16, 2014 the Company issued a note in the principal amount of $166,667 with a 10% Original Issuance Discount ("OID") to the Lender for the receipt of $150,000 of Consideration upon closing of this Note.


On June 23, 2014 the Company issued a note in the principal amount of $55,556 with a 10% Original Issuance Discount ("OID") to the Lender for the receipt of $50,000 of Consideration upon closing of this Note.


Zero Percent Interest for the First Three Months


The Company may repay each payment of consideration on or before 90 days from the payment date with zero percent interest and a one-time interest charge of 12% shall be applied to principal sum after 90 days from the effective date.


A one-time interest charge of $20,000 and $6,667, respectively, was charged to the Company by the Lender after 90 days from the effective dates of the convertible notes which was booked as interest expense in the consolidated statements of operations.


Conversion


The Lender has the right, at any time after 180 days from the effective date, to convert the outstanding and unpaid notes principal and interest due into the Company’s common shares. The conversion price is the lesser of $0.70 or 65% of the average of the two lowest closing prices in the 25 trading days previous to the conversion.


Piggyback Registration Rights


The Company shall include on the next registration statement the Company files with SEC (or on the subsequent registration statement if such registration statement is withdrawn) all shares issuable upon conversion of this Note. Failure to do so will result in liquidated damages of 25% of the outstanding principal balance of this Note, but not less than $25,000, being immediately due and payable to the Holder at its election in the form of cash payment or addition to the balance of this Note.


Events of Default


The following are events of default under this Note: (i) the Borrower shall fail to pay any principal under the Note when due and payable (or payable by conversion) thereunder; or (ii) the Borrower shall fail to pay any interest or any other amount under the Note when due and payable (or payable by conversion) thereunder: or (iii) a receiver, trustee or other similar official shall be appointed over the Borrower nr a material part of its assets and such appointment shall remain uncontested for twenty (20) days or shall not be dismissed or discharged within sixty (60) days; or (iv) the Borrower shall become insolvent or generally fails to pay, or admits in writing its inability to pay its debt as they become due, subject to applicable grace periods, if any; or (v) the Borrower shall make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors: or (vi) the Borrower shall file a petition for relief under any bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law (domestic or foreign); or (vii) an involuntary proceeding shall be commenced or filed against the Borrower: or (viii) the Borrower shall lose its status as "DTC Eligible" or the borrower's shareholders shall lose the ability to deposit (either electronically or by physical certificates. or otherwise) shares into the OTC System: or (ix) the Borrower shall become delinquent in its filing requirements as a fully-reporting issuer registered with the SEC; or (x) the Borrower shall fail to meet all requirements to satisfy the availability of Rule 144 to the Lender or its assigns including but not limited to timely fulfillment of its filing requirements as a fully reporting issuer registered with the SEC requirements for XBRL filings, and requirements for disclosure of financial statements on its website.



F-47






Remedies


In the event of any default the outstanding principal amount of this Note, plus accrued but unpaid interest, liquidated damages, fees and other amounts owing in respect thereof through the date of acceleration, shall become, at the Lender's election, immediate due and payable in cash at the Mandatory Default amount. The Mandatory Default Amount means the greater of (i) the outstanding principal amount of the Note, plus all accrued and unpaid interest, liquidated damages, fees and other amounts hereon, divided by the Conversion price on the date the Mandatory Default Amount is either demanded or paid in full, whichever has a lower Conversion Price, multiplied by the volume weighted average price (“VWAP”) on the date the Mandatory Default Amount is either demanded or paid in full, whichever has a higher VWAP, or (ii) 150% or the outstanding principal amount of this Note, plus 100% of accrued and unpaid interest, liquidated damages, fees and other amounts hereon. Commencing five (5) days after the occurrence of any event of default that results in the eventual acceleration of this Note, the interest rate on this Note shall accrue at an interest rate equal to the lessor of 18% per annum or the maximum rate permitted under applicable law.


Conversion


During the period from October 16 to January 5, 2015, the note holder converted $90,572 of the principal to 1,550,000 shares of the Company's common stock ranging from $0.041 to $0.071 per share.


On January 14, 2015, the note holder converted $4,250 of the principal and the accrued interest of $26,667 to 750,000 shares of the Company's common stock at $0.041 per share.


Termination


On March 19, 2015, the Company entered into a Note Termination Agreement terminating the Promissory Note with the remaining principal balance of $127,401 with the Lender. Pursuant to the Note Termination Agreement executed, the Lender agreed to permit full repayment of the Note in the sum of $200,000 payable in two installments of $100,000 each on March 20, 2015, and on April 24, 2015, respectively. In exchange for the agreed upon premium to be paid by the Company, the Lender no longer has the right to convert any portion of the remaining loan balance into the Company's shares, unless the Company defaults on its repayment terms. On March 19, 2015 the Company completed the first payment to Lender in the amount of $100,000. On April 20, 2015, the Company has completed all payments under the Note Termination Agreement terminating the $350,000 Note with the Lender dated April 16, 2014. Upon extinguishment of the Note and derivative liabilities with the Note conversion feature, $53,531 was recorded as gain on extinguishment of debt. See Note 11 for derivative analysis on the convertible notes.



F-48






The convertible notes payable are as follows:


 

September 30, 2015

 

September 30, 2014

On April 16, 2014 the Company issued a note in the principal amount of $166,667 with a 10% Original Issuance Discount ("OID") and 12% one-time interest if not being fully repaid on or before 90 days from the payment date. The note is due two year from the date of issuance, convertible after 180 days from the payment date as of October 16, 2014 at the lesser of $0.70 or 65% of the two lowest trade prices for the 25 trade day period before the conversion date. On July 15, 2014 the Company accrued the one-time interest charge of $20,000 on the note.

$

-

 

$

166,667

 

 

 

 

 

 

On June 23, 2014 the Company issued a note in the principal amount of $55,556 with a 10% Original Issuance Discount ("OID") and 12% one-time interest if not being fully repaid on or before 90 days from the payment date. The note is due two years from the date of issuance, convertible after 180 days from the payment date as January 22, 2015 at the lesser of $0.70 or 65% of the two lowest trade price for the 25 trade day period before the conversion date. On September 23, 2014 the Company accrued the one-time interest charge of $6,667 on the note.

 

-

 

 

55,556

 

 

 

 

 

 

Face amount

 

-

 

 

222,223

 

 

 

 

 

 

Discount representing the original issue discount

 

(22,223)

 

 

(22,223)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated amortization of discount of notes payable

 

22,223

 

 

4,166

 

 

 

 

 

 

Remaining discount

 

(-)

 

 

(18,057)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Convertible notes payable, net

$

-

 

$

204,166


Note 11 – Derivative Liabilities


Derivative Analysis-Embedded conversion feature in convertible notes


On 4/16/14 and 6/24/14, the Company entered into a convertible promissory note ($350,000 total note available) with JMJ Financial, a Nevada sole proprietorship ("JMJ"), with a face amount of $186,667 and $62,222 as of derivative treatment on 10/16/14 and 12/24/14 of which the company is to assume an original interest discount ("OID"), which together with accrued interest. The note balance funded (plus a pro rata portion of the OID $35,000 total on $315,000) together with any unpaid accrued interest is convertible into shares of common stock at a variable conversion price calculated as the lesser of $0.70 and 65% of the average of the 2 lowest trade price during a 25–day period ending on the last complete trading day prior to the conversion date. The Company analyzed the convertible notes issued on April 16 and June 24, 2014 for derivative accounting consideration under FASB ASC 815 and determined that the embedded conversion feature qualified for accounting treatment as derivatives.


On March 19, 2015, the Company entered into a Note Termination Agreement terminating the $350,000 Promissory Note with the Lender. Pursuant to the Note Termination Agreement executed on March 18, 2015, the Lender has agreed to permit full repayment of the Note in the sum of $200,000 payable in two installments of $100,000 each on March 20, 2015, and on April 24, 2015, respectively. In exchange for the agreed upon premium to be paid by the Company, the Lender no longer has the right to convert any portion of the remaining loan balance into the Company's shares, unless the Company defaults on its repayment terms. On March 19, 2015 the Company completed the first payment to Lender in the amount of $100,000. On April 20, 2015, the Company has completed all payments under the Note Termination Agreement terminating the $127,401 remaining Note balance with the Lender dated April 16, 2014.



F-49






(a) Valuation Methodology


The Company has utilized a third party valuation consultant to assist the Company to fair value the compound embedded derivatives using a multinomial lattice models that value the derivative liability within the notes based on a probability weighted discounted cash flow model. These models are based on future projections of the various potential outcomes. The features in the note that were analyzed and incorporated into the model included the variable conversion feature; redemption provisions; and the default provisions. Based on these features, there are four primary events that can occur; payments are made in cash; payments are made with stock; the Holder converts the note; or the company defaults on the note.


The model analyzed the underlying economic factors that influenced which of these events would occur, when they were likely to occur, and the specific terms that would be in effect at the time (i.e. interest rates, stock price, conversion price, etc.). Projections were then made on these underlying factors which led to a set of potential scenarios. Probabilities were assigned to each of these scenarios over the remaining term of the note based on management projections. This led to a cash flow projection over the life of the note and a probability associated with that cash flow. A discounted weighted average cash flow over the various scenarios was completed, and it was compared to the discounted cash flow of the note without the embedded features, thus determining a value for the derivative liability at the date of valuation.


(b) Valuation Assumptions


The existing derivative instruments are valued as of issuance; conversion; redemption and the quarters end 03/31/15. The following assumptions were used for the valuation of the derivative liability related to the Notes (to–date no Notes are in default):


·

The underlying stock price $0.1348 down to $0.1082 was used as the fair value of the common stock;


·

The note face amounts (principal, plus OID, plus accrued interest) as of as 10/16/14 totaled $186,666 and $62,222 (includes 1 time interest payment of 12% after 90 days from issuance) with $90,571 in conversions netting $158,318 as of 12/31/14 and $30,966.88 in conversions on 1/14/15 netting $127,400.76. The note effectively converts at a discount of 45.63% to 55.58% at the quarter’s end.


·

Capital raising events are not a factor for the JMJ Note as the instrument has no reset provisions, other than standard adjustments;


·

The Holder would redeem based on availability of alternative financing, 0% of the time increasing 1.0% monthly to a maximum of 10%;


·

The Holder would automatically convert (most notes included 180 day conversion delay at issuance) the note at the maximum of 2 times the conversion price if the company was not in default. With the target conversion price dropping as maturity approaches; and the Holder would automatically convert the note at maturity if the registration (after 120 days) was effective and the company was not in default;


·

The projected annual volatility for each valuation period was based on the Company historical volatility;


 

1 year

 

1 year

12/31/14

119%

3/11/15

134%

1/26/15

124%

3/12/15

134%

1/29/15

125%

3/18/15

136%

2/9/15

127%

3/20/15

136%

2/26/15

131%

3/31/15

138%


·

An event of default would occur 0% of the time, increasing 1.00% per month to a maximum of 5% – to–date the Note is not in default nor converted by the holder.

1 year

As of September 30, 2015, the estimated fair value of derivative liabilities on convertible notes of JMJ was $0 as the result of debt extinguishment.



F-50






Derivative Analysis-Tainted Warrants


Because the Company may not have enough authorized common shares to settle its obligation for its convertible notes and equity instruments, such as warrants, the Company concluded that embedded conversion feature in the JMJ Notes taint the equity environment and all of the existing warrants should be treated as financial derivatives. The tainting terminated upon full termination of the JMJ note.


Valuation of Derivative Liability-Tainted Warrants


(a)

Valuation Methodology


The Company’s warrants do not trade in an active securities market, as such, the Company has utilized a third party valuation consultant to assist the Company to fair value the liability of the warrant (tainted by the JMJ Note) based on a probability weighted discounted cash flow model. This model is based on future projections of the various potential outcomes. The embedded derivatives that were analyzed and incorporated into the model included the exercise feature.


Based on these features, there are two primary events that can occur; the Holder exercises the Warrants (for scenarios above exercise prices and the target prices) or the Warrants are held to expiration. The model analyzed the underlying economic factors that influenced which of these events would occur, when they were likely to occur, and the specific terms that would be in effect at the time (i.e. interest rates, stock price, exercise price, volatility etc.). Projections were then made on these underlying factors which led to a set of potential scenarios. Probabilities were assigned to each of these scenarios based on management assumptions. This led to a cash flow projection and a probability associated with that cash flow. A discounted weighted average cash flow over the various scenarios was completed to determine the value of the derivative liability.


(b)

Valuation Assumptions


The Tainted Warrants (tainted equity environment due to JMJ notes variable conversion provisions) were valued as of derivative liability 10/16/14; issuance in the period ending 3/31/15; and the quarterly periods (until the end of derivative treatment on 3/20/15) with the following assumptions:


·

Stock price would fluctuate with the Company projected volatility. The stock price significantly increased in this period ending 3/31/15.


·

The stock price would fluctuate with an annual volatility. The projected volatility curve was based on historical volatilities of the Company for the valuation periods. The projected volatilities for the valuation dates is found in the previous section.


·

The Holder would exercise the warrant as they become exercisable (effective registration is projected 0 days from issuance and the earliest exercise is projected 0 days from issuance) but only at target prices of 2.0 times the higher of the projected reset price or stock price.


·

The Holder would exercise the warrant at maturity if the stock price was above the project exercise prices.


·

Capital raising events are not a factor as the notes contain no adjustments for dilutive issuances – 0% probability of a reset event.


·

No warrants have expired in this period ending 3/31/5, nor did holders exercise their options in this period. Additional subscription warrants were issued and valued in the period ending 3/31/15. The Warrants no longer require derivative treatment after the JMJ notes final redemption on 3/20/15.


As of September 30, 2015, there was no derivative liability associated with the warrants.



F-51






The table below provides a summary of the fair value of convertible notes and the tainted derivative warrant liability and the changes in the fair value of derivative liabilities including net transfers in and/or out, of derivative warrants measured at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3).


 

Fair Value Measurement

Using Level 3 Inputs

 

Derivative warrants Assets (Liability)

 

 

Total

Balance, September 30, 2014

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchases, issuances and settlements

 

(569,740)

 

 

 

(569,740)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Transfers in and/or out of Level 3

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total gains or losses (realized/unrealized) included in:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

 

569,740

 

 

 

569,740

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss)

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, September 30, 2015

$

(-)

 

 

$

(-)


Note 12 – Related Party Transactions


Related Parties


Related parties with whom the Company had transactions are:


Related Parties

Relationship

Related Party Transactions

Business Purpose of transactions

Management and significant stockholder

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Andrew J. Kandalepas

Chairman, CEO and significant stockholder

Note receivable - Officer

Working capital

 

 

 

 

Jay Joshi, MD

Chief Medical Officer of the Company, President and CEO of NPC, stockholder and director

Shareholder Loan

Working capital

 

 

 

 

Entity controlled by significant stockholder

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

National Pain Centers, LLC

An entity owned and controlled by Dr. Jay Joshi, MD, Chief Medical Officer of the Company, President and CEO of NPC, stockholder and director

Management services provided to NPC, LLC

Management of medical practices.


Advances from Stockholders


From time to time, stockholders of the Company advance funds to the Company for working capital purpose. Those advances are unsecured, non-interest bearing and due on demand.



F-52






Management service agreement between NPC and National Pain Centers, LLC


On February 28, 20124, NPC, the Company's wholly-owned subsidiary, entered into a management service agreement with National Pain Centers, LLC ("NPC LLC"), which is owned by Dr. Jay Joshi, the president and CEO of NPC. Per the agreement, NPC LLC engages NPC to provide Management services for a period of five (5) years commencing on the effective date. During the term of this agreement, NPCLLC shall pay NPC the equivalent of 50% of all monies collected and as billed monthly to NPCLLC on net-30 term.


Note Receivable – Chairman, President and CEO


 

September 30, 2015

 

September 30, 2014

On September 30, 2013, Mr. Andrew Kandalepas, Chairman, President and CEO of the Company (“Maker”), issued a note to pay to the order of Wellness Center USA, Inc. ("Lender"), the principal sum of Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000), together with interest at 7.0% per annum, in six quarterly payments of principal and accrued interest, beginning on April 1, 2014 and continuing on the first day of each calendar quarter thereafter, with all principal and interest to be paid in full on or before July 1, 2015 (the "Maturity Date"). After the Maturity Date, and in addition to the interest described above which is due on or prior to the Maturity Date, Maker shall pay interest on the balance of principal remaining unpaid during any such period at an annual rate equal to ten percent (10%) (the "Default Rate"). The interest accruing under this paragraph shall be immediately due and payable by Maker to, and shall be additional indebtedness evidenced by, this Note. On January 5, 2015, the Company and the Maker has mutually agreed to amend the note with more favorable terms. The amended note principal is the original note balance and the accrued interest as of December 31, 2015 for a total of $197,028, together with interest on the principal amount due shall be paid from time to time at the rate of two percent (2.0%) per annum, in 20 quarterly payments, beginning on October 1, 2015 and continuing on the first day of each calendar quarter thereafter, with all principal and interest to be paid in full on or before September 30, 2020 (the "Maturity Date"), Maker shall pay interest on the balance of principal remaining unpaid during any such period at an annual rate equal to four percent (4%) (the "Default Rate").

$

250,000

 

$

250,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

Repayments from inception to date

 

(52,972)

 

 

(35,000)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Remaining balance

 

197,028

 

 

215,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current maturity of note receivable - Chairman, President and CEO

 

(36,299)

 

 

(127,233)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Note receivable - Chairman, President and CEO, net of current maturity

$

160,729

 

$

87,767


Note 13 – Commitments and Contingencies


Employment Agreements - NPC


Employment Agreement – Jay Joshi, MD


On February 28, 2014, the Company entered into an employment agreement (the “Employment Agreement”) with Jay Joshi, MD, a physician (the “Executive”). Under the Employment Agreement, the Company acquired from the Executive all of the Executive’s shares of common stock in National Pain Centers, Inc, a Nevada corporation, in exchange for 5,000,000 shares of $0.001 par value common stock of the Company, for the consideration given and received herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the Executive and the Company hereby agree as follows:


Term


The Executive’s employment under this Agreement shall commence on the date hereof, and this Agreement shall commence as of that date and shall continue in effect until February 27, 2019. The parties expressly understand that nothing in this Agreement is a guarantee or assurance of employment for any specific period of time. Rather, subject to the notice provisions set forth in Section 6(c), the Executive understands that he is an at-will Executive, and that the Company may terminate his employment at any time, and the Executive is similarly free to resign at any time.



F-53






Duties


The Executive is engaged to serve as the Chief Medical Officer of the Company and the President and CEO of the Company’s wholly-owned subsidiary, NPC. Executive shall have such duties as are customarily associated with such positions including but not limited to overall responsibility and authority for general operations, management, and employment matters and relationships, as well as such other senior executive duties as may from time to time be reasonably assigned to him by the Company’s CEO and/or Board of Directors. In addition, at every election for the Company's Board of Directors while the Executive is employed by the Company hereunder, the Company will nominate the Executive to be elected to serve on the Board of Directors.


Compensations


(a) Base Salary. The Company shall pay to the Executive as compensation for services rendered by the Executive hereunder a base annual salary of $200,000, subject to increase, but not decrease, from time to time by the CEO and/or the Board of Directors of the Company. The base salary paid to the Executive is subject to such payroll and other deductions as may be agreed upon by the parties or required by law. This salary shall be paid in accordance with Company's customary biweekly payroll procedure.


(b) Benefits. Upon the signing of the agreement, Executive shall be issued a signing stock option to purchase 400,000 Shares at an exercise price of $0.40. Further, provided Executive remains employed by the Company, he will be granted additional stock options to buy up to an aggregate total of 1,000,000 shares of the Company’s common stock, at a vesting schedule of 200,000 per quarter, starting with the quarter ending September 30, 2014. Each Stock option tranche shall carry an exercise price equal to the then market closing price, at the end of each quarter. All other terms and conditions not specified herein will be treated in accordance with the Company’s 2010 Non-Qualified Stock Compensation Plan. In the event of an acquisition or merger of the Company, all options granted or scheduled to be granted shall convert immediately into the incumbent company’s shares or be paid in cash on a cashless provision.


Termination


The Executive or the Company may voluntarily elect to terminate this Agreement (a termination "Without Cause") by delivering to the other party, at least ninety (90) days prior to the date upon which termination is desired, by written notice of such intention to terminate.


Covenant not to Compete


The Executive covenants and agrees that during the term of the Executive's employment, whether pursuant to this Agreement, any renewal hereof, or otherwise, and for a period of one year (the “Restricted Period”) after the later of the expiration of this Agreement or the termination of his employment with the Company, in the State(s) in which the Company conducts business as of the Executive's termination of employment, he will not, directly or indirectly (through one or more intermediaries), whether individually, or as an officer, director, agent, shareholder of 5% or more of the applicable company’s outstanding equity shares, member, partner, joint venturer, investor (other than as a passive trader in publicly traded securities), consultant or otherwise, compete in whole or in part with the business then engaged in by the Company.


Employment Agreements – Stealthco Inc.


Employment Agreement – Ricky Howard


On July 1, 2014, the Company entered into an employment agreement (the “Employment Agreement”) with Ricky Howard, (the “Executive”). The Executive and the Company hereby agree as follows:


Term


The Executive’s employment under this Agreement shall commence on the date hereof, and this Agreement shall commence as of that date and shall continue in effect until June 30, 2017. The parties expressly understand that nothing in this Agreement is a guarantee or assurance of employment for any specific period of time. Rather, subject to the notice provisions set forth in Section 6(c), the Executive understands that he is an at-will Executive, and that the Company may terminate his employment at any time, and the Executive is similarly free to resign at any time.



F-54






Duties


The Executive is engaged to serve as the Chief Executive Officer of the Company’s wholly-owned Subsidiary “StealthCo”, reporting to the Company’s CEO. Executive shall have such duties as are customarily associated with such positions including but not limited to overall responsibility and authority for general operations, management, and employment matters and relationships, as well as such other senior executive duties as may from time to time be reasonably assigned to him by the Company’s CEO and/or Board of Directors.


Compensations


(a) Base Salary. The Company shall pay to the Executive as compensation for services rendered by the Executive hereunder a base annual salary of $100,000, subject to increase, but not decrease, from time to time by the CEO and/or the Board of Directors of the Company. The base salary paid to the Executive is subject to such payroll and other deductions as may be agreed upon by the parties or required by law. This salary shall be paid in accordance with Company's customary biweekly payroll procedure.


(b) Benefits. Upon the signing of the agreement, Executive shall be (i) entitled to receive a cash signing bonus of $8,500, payable over a period of three months, (ii) issued a signing stock option to purchase 250,000 shares at an exercise price of $0.40 per share. Further, provided Executive remains employed by the Company, he will be granted additional stock options to buy up to 750,000 shares of the Company’s common stock, at a vesting schedule of 62,500 per quarter, starting with the quarter ending September 30, 2014. Each Stock option tranche shall carry an exercise price equal to the then market closing price, at the end of each quarter. All other terms and conditions not specified herein will be treated in accordance with the Company’s 2010 Non-Qualified Stock Compensation Plan. In the event of an acquisition or merger of the Company, all options granted or scheduled to be granted shall convert immediately into the incumbent company’s shares or be paid in cash on a cashless provision.


Termination


The Executive or the Company may voluntarily elect to terminate this Agreement (a termination "Without Cause") by delivering to the other party, at least ninety (45) days prior to the date upon which termination is desired, by written notice of such intention to terminate.


Covenant not to Compete


The Executive covenants and agrees that during the term of the Executive's employment, whether pursuant to this Agreement, any renewal hereof, or otherwise, and for a period of one year (the “Restricted Period”) after the later of the expiration of this Agreement or the termination of his employment with the Company, in the State(s) in which the Company conducts business as of the Executive's termination of employment, he will not, directly or indirectly (through one or more intermediaries), whether individually, or as an officer, director, agent, shareholder of 5% or more of the applicable company’s outstanding equity shares, member, partner, joint venturer, investor (other than as a passive trader in publicly traded securities), consultant or otherwise, compete in whole or in part with the business then engaged in by the Company.


Employment Agreements - WCUI


Employment Agreement – Donald Swanson


On February 28, 2014, the Company entered into an employment agreement (the “Employment Agreement”) with Donald Swanson (the “Executive”) for the consideration given and received herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the Executive and the Company hereby agree as follows:


Term


The Executive’s employment under this Agreement shall commence on the date hereof, and this Agreement shall commence as of that date and shall continue in effect until February 27, 2017. The parties expressly understand that nothing in this Agreement is a guarantee or assurance of employment for any specific period of time. Rather, subject to the notice provisions set forth in Section 6(c), the Executive understands that he is an at-will Executive, and that the Company may terminate his employment at any time, and the Executive is similarly free to resign at any time.



F-55






Duties


The Executive is engaged to serve as the Chief Operating Officer of the Company, reporting to the Company's CEO. Executive shall have such duties as are customarily associated with such positions including but not limited to overall responsibility and authority for general operations, management, employment matters and relationships, as well as such other senior executive duties as may from time to time be reasonably assigned to him by the Company's CEO and/or Board of Directors. The Executive shall perform such services subject to the direction, supervision, and rules and regulations of the Company and the Company's Board of Directors.


Compensations


(a) Base Salary. The Company shall pay to the Executive as compensation for services rendered by the Executive hereunder a base annual salary of $200,000, subject to increase, but not decrease, from time to time by the CEO and/or the Board of Directors of the Company. The base salary paid to the Executive is subject to such payroll and other deductions as may be agreed upon by the parties or required by law. This salary shall be paid in accordance with Company's customary biweekly payroll procedure.


(b) Benefits. Upon the signing of the agreement, Executive shall be issued a signing stock option to purchase 1,400,000 Shares at an exercise price of $0.40. Further, provided Executive remains employed by the Company, he will be granted additional stock options to buy up to an aggregate total of 1,000,000 shares of the Company’s common stock, at a vesting schedule of 200,000 per quarter, starting with the quarter ending September 30, 2014. Each Stock option tranche shall carry an exercise price equal to the then market closing price, at the end of each quarter. All other terms and conditions not specified herein will be treated in accordance with the Company’s 2010 Non-Qualified Stock Compensation Plan. In the event of an acquisition or merger of the Company, all options granted or scheduled to be granted shall convert immediately into the incumbent company’s shares or be paid in cash on a cashless provision.


Termination


The Executive or the Company may voluntarily elect to terminate this Agreement (a termination "Without Cause") by delivering to the other party, at least ninety (90) days prior to the date upon which termination is desired, by written notice of such intention to terminate.


Covenant not to Compete


The Executive covenants and agrees that during the term of the Executive's employment, whether pursuant to this Agreement, any renewal hereof, or otherwise, and for a period of one year (the “Restricted Period”) after the later of the expiration of this Agreement or the termination of his employment with the Company, in the State(s) in which the Company conducts business as of the Executive's termination of employment, he will not, directly or indirectly (through one or more intermediaries), whether individually, or as an officer, director, agent, shareholder of 5% or more of the applicable company’s outstanding equity shares, member, partner, joint venturer, investor (other than as a passive trader in publicly traded securities), consultant or otherwise, compete in whole or in part with the business then engaged in by the Company.


Separation Agreement


On June 10, 2014, Donald Swanson entered into a separation agreement (“Separation Agreement”) with the Company where he resigned from all positions and employment with the Company and the Employment agreement with the Company was terminated. The Company shall pay the Executive in the amount of $1,180 representing all the payable compensation as well as $3,820 representing all the reimbursement expense through the separation date. The Company acknowledges that the Executive currently holds options to purchase 1,400,000 shares of the Company’s common stock at an exercise price of $0.40 per share.



F-56






Operating Lease - WCUI


On February 5, 2015, the Company entered into a non-cancellable lease, for office space in Illinois with a third party for $2,184.29 per month for a period of 18 months from January 1, 2015 through June 30, 2016.


Future minimum lease payments required under the non-cancelable operating lease are as follows:


Fiscal year ending September 30:

 

 

2016

 

19,659

 

$

19,659


Operating Lease - PSI


The Company and the landlord have tentatively agreed to renew the non-cancellable lease for an office space of approximately 2,000 square feet of rentable area for an additional 12 months expiring January 3, 2015 at $2,000 per month plus tax and common charges.


The Company and the landlord have agreed to lease the office on a monthly basis from January 3, 2015.


Operating Lease - SCI


On June 26, 2013, the Company entered into a non-cancellable lease for office space of approximately 3,300 square feet of rentable area in aggregate in Centerville, Minnesota with a third party for a period of 19 months from the date of signing at $2,100 per month. On February 1, 2015, the Company renewed the Lease for a period of Eighteen Months from the date of signing at $2,150 per month.


Future minimum lease payments required under the non-cancelable operating lease are as follows:


Fiscal year ending September 30:

 

 

2016

 

21,500

 

$

21,500


Operating Lease - NPC


On January 1, 2015, the Company entered into a non-cancellable Sub-lease for office space in Vernon Hills, Illinois with a third party for a period of 12 months from the date of signing at $1,600 per month. On January 1, the Company renewed the Lease for a period of 12 Months from the date of signing at $1,600 per month


Future minimum lease payments required under the non-cancelable operating lease are as follows:


Fiscal year ending September 30:

 

 

2016 ( remainder of the year)

 

19,200

 

$

19,200


Note 14 – Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)


Shares Authorized


Upon formation the total number of shares of all classes of stock which the Company is authorized to issue is Seventy Five Million (75,000,000) shares of which Seventy Five Million (75,000,000) shares shall be Common Stock, par value $.001 per share.


Common Stock


Sale of Common Stock or Equity Units


On November 29, 2012 the Company issued a total of 1,447,550 shares of its common stock at $0.10 per share for an aggregate of $144,755 in cash.



F-57






Between December 4, 2012 and December 29, 2012 the Company sold a total of 520,999 equity units consisting of one (1) common share and a warrant to purchase one (1) common share with an exercise price of $0.45 per share expiring five (5) years from the date of issuance at $0.30 per unit or $156,300 in cash, $108,786 ($0.21 per common share) and $47,514 ($0.09 per warrant share) of which were allocated as the relative fair value of the common stock and warrants, respectively.


During the quarter ended December 31, 2012, warrants to purchase 1,777,000 shares with an exercise price of $0.01 per share were exercised by shareholders for an aggregate of $17,770 in cash.


During the quarter ended March 31, 2013 the Company sold 3,096,603 equity units consisting of one (1) common share and a warrant to purchase one (1) common share with an exercise price of $0.45 per share, expiring five (5) years from the date of issuance, at $0.30 per unit or $928,980; $651,216 ($0.21 per common share) and $277,764 ($0.09 per warrant share) were allocated as the relative fair value of the common stock and warrants, respectively.


During the quarter ended March 31, 2013, warrants to purchase 80,000 shares with an exercise price of $0.01 per share were exercised by shareholders for an aggregate of $800 in cash.


During the quarter ended June 30, 2013 the Company sold 601,668 equity units consisting of one (1) common share and a warrant to purchase one (1) common share with an exercise price of $0.45 per share, expiring five (5) years from the date of issuance, at $0.30 per unit or $180,500; $126,109 ($0.21 per common share) and $53,789 ($0.09 per warrant share) were allocated as the relative fair value of the common stock and warrants, respectively.


On May 9, 2013 the Company sold 40,000 equity units consisting of one (1) common share and a warrant to purchase one (1) common share with an exercise price of $1.00 per share, expiring five (5) years from the date of issuance, at $0.50 per unit or $20,000; $14,740 ($0.37 per common share) and $5,220 ($0.13 per warrant share) were allocated as the relative fair value of the common stock and warrants, respectively.


On April 19, 2013, the placement agent exercised its warrant to purchase 59,201 shares of the Company’s common stock with an exercise price of $0.30 per share, on a cashless basis, per the placement agent agreement, and the Company issued 44,643 shares of its common stock to the placement agent.


On May 7, 2013, warrants to purchase 100,000 shares with an exercise price of $0.01 per share were exercised by a shareholder for $1,000 in cash.


On May 29, 2013, warrants to purchase 100,001 shares with an exercise price of $0.45 per share were exercised by a shareholder for $45,000 in cash.


During the quarter ended September 30, 2013, the Company raised $1,648,500 from the issuance of (i) 4,121,250 common shares of the Company; (ii) warrants to purchase 4,121,250 common shares with an exercise price of $0.75 per share, expiring five (5) years from the date of issuance, and (iii) warrants to purchase 250,000 common shares with an exercise price of $0.45 per share expiring five (5) years from the date of issuance; of which $1,281,297 ($0.31 per common share) and $367,203 ($0.29 per warrant share) were allocated as the relative fair value of the common stock and warrants, respectively. In connection with this tranche of equity finance the Company paid certain placement agents finder's fee at 10%, or $148,550 in the aggregate.


On July 13 and September 13, 2013, warrants to purchase 87,000 shares with an exercise price of $0.01 per share were exercised by shareholders for $870 in cash.


For the period between January 1, 2014 and March 28, 2014, the Company raised $266,450 from the issuance of (i) 775,239 common shares of the Company; (ii) warrants to purchase 793,333 common shares with an exercise price of $0.30 per share, expiring five (5) years from the date of issuance, and (iii) warrants to purchase 228,572 common shares with an exercise price of $0.35 per share expiring five (5) years from the date of issuance; and (iv) warrants to purchase 150,000 common shares with an exercise price of $0.45 per share expiring five (5) years from the date of issuance.


In April and May, 2014, the Company sold 57,222 equity units consisting of one (1) common share and a warrant to purchase one (1) common share with an exercise price of $0.65 per share, expiring five (5) years from the date of issuance, at $0.45 per unit or $25,750; $18,482 ($0.32 per common share) and $7,210 ($0.13 per warrant share) were allocated as the relative fair value of the common stock and warrants, respectively.



F-58






In July 2014, the Company sold 174,000 equity units consisting of one (1) common share and a warrant to purchase two (2) common shares with an exercise price of $0.30 per share, expiring five (5) years from the date of issuance, at $0.25 per unit or $43,500; $31,320 ($0.18 per common share) and $12,180 ($0.07 per warrant share) were allocated as the relative fair value of the common stock and warrants, respectively.


On August 28, 2014, warrants to purchase 1,550,000 shares with an exercise price of $0.01 per share were exercised by a shareholder for $15,500 in cash.


For the quarter period ended March 31, 2015 , the Company raised $418,825 from the issuance of (i) 6,152,145 common shares of the Company; (ii) warrants to purchase 12,354,290 common shares with an exercise price of $0.15 per share, expiring five (5) years from the date of issuance, at $0.07 per unit or a net proceeds of $418,825; $269,015 ($0.04 per common share) and $155,482 ($0.01 per warrant share) were allocated as the relative fair value of the common stock and warrants, respectively.


In April, 2015 , the Company raised $240,600 from the issuance of (i) 1,603,999 common shares of the Company; (ii) warrants to purchase 3,241,332 common shares with an exercise price of $0.25 per share, expiring five (5) years from the date of issuance, at $0.15 per unit or a net proceeds of $240,600; $146,766 ($0.09 per common share) and $93,834 ($0.03 per warrant share) were allocated as the relative fair value of the common stock and warrants, respectively.


On May 11, 2015, warrants to purchase 800,000 shares with an exercise price of $0.01 per share were exercised by a shareholder for $8,000 in cash.


In June, 2015 , the Company raised $128,500 from the issuance of (i) 1,713,333 common shares of the Company; (ii) warrants to purchase 1,713,333 common shares with an exercise price of $0.25 per share, expiring five (5) years from the date of issuance, at $0.075 per unit or a net proceeds of $128,500; $111,153($0.06 per common share) and $17,347 ($0.01 per warrant share) were allocated as the relative fair value of the common stock and warrants, respectively.


On June 30, 2015, options to purchase 1,600,000 shares with an exercise price of $0.01 per share were exercised by an officer for $16,000 in cash.


In August, 2015, the Company sold 966,666 equity units consisting of one (1) common share and a warrant to purchase one (1) common share with an exercise price of $0.25 per share, expiring five (5) years from the date of issuance, at $0.075 per unit or $72,500; $39,730 ($0.04per common share) and $32,770 ($0.03 per warrant share) were allocated as the relative fair value of the common stock and warrants, respectively.


In September 2015, the Company sold 555,555 equity units consisting of one (1) common share and a warrant to purchase one (1) common share with an exercise price of $0.15 per share, expiring five (5) years from the date of issuance, at $0.009 per unit or $50,000; $26,650 ($0.05 per common share) and $23,350 ($0.04 per warrant share) were allocated as the relative fair value of the common stock and warrants, respectively.


Issuance of Common Stock or Equity Units for Employee Services


On July 3, 2013, the Company issued 244,260 common shares to two employees for their past services, valued at $24,260 based on more reliably measurable employee services received.


Issuance of Common Stock or Equity Units to Parties Other Than Employees for Acquiring Goods or Services


On July 18, 2013, the Company entered into a Consulting agreement (the "Consulting Agreement") with a consulting firm (the "Consultant”). Under the terms and conditions of the Consulting Agreement, the Consultant agreed to provide marketing and promotion services for the Company for a period of one (1) year from the date of signing. As consideration for services, the Company would (i) pay $20,000 per month in cash; and (ii) grant (a) 50,000 shares of its common stock for the first month of engagement and (b) 20,000 shares of common stock per subsequent month. During the period ending September 30, 2013, the Company issued 70,000 common shares in aggregate to the consultant valued at $0.40 per share, the most recent PPM price, or $28,000, all of which were expensed as consulting fees. On October 8, 2013, the Company issued 20,000 common shares to the consultant valued at $0.40 per share, the most recent PPM price, or $8,000, all of which were expensed as consulting fees during the period ending December 31, 2013. On April 21, 2014, the Company issued 120,000 common shares to the consultant for the service period from November 2013 to April 2014, valued at $0.40 per share, the most recent PPM price, or $48,000, all of which were expensed as consulting fees upon issuance.



F-59






On September 3, 2013, the Company entered into a service agreement (the "Service Agreement") with a marketing firm (the "Consultant”). Under the terms and conditions of the Service Agreement, the Consultant agreed to provide marketing and public relation services for the Company through the end of 2013. As consideration for the services, the Company would pay (i) $2,000 per month in cash; and (ii) $2,000 worth of the Company’s common stock. The Company also entered another public event service agreement with the consultant for compensation of $4,600 in cash and $2,250 worth of common stock. The Company issued 10,625 common shares in aggregate to the consultant valued at $0.40 per share, the most recent PPM price, or $4,250, all of which were expensed as consulting fees.


On October 24, 2014, the Company entered into a Agency agreement (the "Agency Agreement") with TMA (the "Consultant”). Per the Agency Agreement, the Consultant will be authorized by the Company to act as its exclusive Agent solely for the purpose of introducing the Company to specific third party contacts with the objective of possible business opportunity associated with PSI, the Company's wholly owned subsidiary, for a period of ninety (90) days from execution. The Company agrees to pay an amount equal to six (6)% of the computed value of any transaction that occurs between the Company and the Third party. On October 27, 2014, the Company issued a one-time document preparation fee in the form of 35,000 shares of the Company's common shares. On November 19, 2014, the Company issued additional 300,000 common shares for the joint venture valuation services. The shares were valued at $0.10 per value, the closing price on the issuance date, or $33,500, all of which were expensed as consulting fees. No shares issued for consulting fees during the reporting period ending September 30, 2015.


Stock Options


2010 Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan (“2010 Option Plan”)


On December 22, 2010, effective retroactively as of June 30, 2010, the Company’s board of directors approved the adoption of the “2010 Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan” (“2010 Option Plan”) by unanimous consent. The 2010 Option Plan was initiated to encourage and enable officers, directors, consultants, advisors and key employees of the Company to acquire and retain a proprietary interest in the Company by ownership of its common stock. A total of 7,500,000 of the authorized shares of the Company’s common stock may be subject to, or issued pursuant to, the terms of the plan.


Pursuant to Section 7 - Adjustments or Changes in Capitalization of the Stock Option Plan, the number of shares to be received upon the exercise of the option and the exercise price to be paid for a share hereinafter sometimes referred to as “Exercise Price” which may be adjusted from time to time as hereinafter as follows:


7.1

In the event that the outstanding Common Shares of the Company are hereafter changed into or exchanged for a different number or kind of shares or other securities of the Company by reason of merger, consolidation, other reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, combination of shares, stock split-up or stock dividend:


A.

Prompt, proportionate, equitable, lawful and adequate adjustment shall be made of the aggregate number and kind of shares subject to Stock Options which may be granted under the Plan, such that the Optionee shall have the right to purchase such Common Shares as may be issued in exchange for the Common Shares purchasable on exercise of the NQSO had such merger, consolidation, other reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, combination of shares, stock split-up or stock dividend not taken place;


B.

Rights under unexercised Stock Options or portions thereof granted prior to any such change, both as to the number or kind of shares and the exercise price per share, shall be adjusted appropriately, provided that such adjustments shall be made without change in the total exercise price applicable to the unexercised portion of such NQSO’s but by an adjustment in the price for each share covered by such NQSO’s; or


C.

Upon any dissolution or liquidation of the Company or any merger or combination in which the Company is not a surviving corporation, each outstanding Stock Option granted hereunder shall terminate, but the Optionee shall have the right, immediately prior to such dissolution, liquidation, merger or combination, to exercise his NQSO in whole or in part, to the extent that it shall not have been exercised, without regard to any installment exercise provisions in such NQSO.


7.2

The foregoing adjustments and the manner of application of the foregoing provisions shall be determined solely by the Committee, whose determination as to what adjustments shall be made and the extent thereof, shall be final, binding and conclusive. No fractional Shares shall be issued under the Plan on account of any such adjustments.



F-60






The Company’s policy is to recognize compensation cost for awards with only service conditions and a graded vesting schedule on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for the entire award. Additionally, the Company’s policy is to issue new shares of common stock to satisfy stock option exercises.


The Company applied fair value accounting for all share based payments awards. The fair value of each option granted is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model.

 

On February 28, 2014, the Company issued an option to purchase 1,800,000 shares of its common stock to two officers of the Company with an exercise price of $0.40 per share expiring five (5) years from the date of issuance


On July 1, 2014, the Company issued an option to purchase 750,000 shares of its common stock to one officers of the Company with an exercise price of $0.40 per share expiring five (5) years from the date of issuance


On September 30, 2014, the Company issued an option to purchase 250,000 shares of its common stock to an officer of the Company with an exercise price of $0.125 per share expiring five (5) years from the date of issuance.


The assumptions used for options granted during the year ended September 30, 2014 are as follows:


Exercise price

 

$

0.125-0.40

 

Expected dividends

 

 

-

%

Expected volatility

 

 

47.58-57.09

%

Risk free interest rate

 

 

0.51-0.80

%

Expected life of option

 

 

5

 


During the fiscal year ended September 30, 2015, the Company recorded $225,880 for options issued as salaries - officers.


During the quarter ended December 31, 2014, the Company issued an option to purchase 262,500 shares of its common stock to two officers of the Company with an exercise price of $0.1100 per share expiring five (5) years from the date of issuance


During the quarter ended March 31, 2015, the Company issued an option to purchase 262,500 shares of its common stock to two officers of the Company with an exercise price of $0.19 per share expiring five (5) years from the date of issuance


During the quarter ended June 30, 2015, the Company issued an option to purchase 262,500 shares of its common stock to two officers of the Company with an exercise price of $0.135 per share expiring five (5) years from the date of issuance


During the quarter ended September 30, 2015, the Company issued an option to purchase 262,500 shares of its common stock to two officers of the Company with an exercise price of $0.130 per share expiring five (5) years from the date of issuance


On May 15, 2015, the Company issued an option to purchase 150,000 shares of its common stock to an officer of the Company with an exercise price of $0.25 per share expiring five (5) years from the date of issuance


The assumptions used for options granted during the year ended September 30, 2015 are as follows:


Exercise price

 

$

0.11-0.19

 

Expected dividends

 

 

-

%

Expected volatility

 

 

126.07-148.32

%

Risk free interest rate

 

 

0.73-0.89

%

Expected life of option

 

 

5

 




F-61






During the fiscal year ended September 30, 2015, the Company recorded $79,631 for options issued as salaries - officers.


Summary of the Company’s Stock Option Activities


The table below summarizes the Company’s stock option activities:


 

Number 

of

Option 

Shares

 

Exercise 

Price

Range

Per Share

 

Weighted

Average

Exercise

Price

 

Fair Value

at Date

of Grant

 

Aggregate

Intrinsic Value

Balance, September 30, 2013

3,260,000

 

$

0.01 - 2.00

 

$

0.64

 

$

1,178,718

 

$

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Granted

2,312,500

 

 

0.125-0.40

 

 

0.40

 

 

225,880

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Canceled

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercised

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Expired

-

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, September 30, 2014

5,572,500

 

$

0.01 - 2.00

 

$

0.54

 

$

1,404,598

 

$

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Granted

1,200,000

 

 

0.11-0.25

 

 

0.15

 

 

79,631

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Canceled

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercised

(1,600,000)

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Expired

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Vested and exercisable, September 30, 2015

5,172,500

 

$

0.01 - 2.00

 

$

0.60

 

$

1,514,329

 

$

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unvested, September 30, 2015

-

 

$

-

 

$

-

 

$

-

 

$

-




F-62






The following table summarizes information concerning outstanding and exercisable options as of September 30, 2015:


 

Options Outstanding

 

Options Exercisable

Range of Exercise Prices

Number

Outstanding

 

Average

Remaining

Contractual

Life

(in years)

 

Weighted

Average

 Exercise

 Price

 

Number

Exercisable

 

Average

 Remaining

Contractual

 Life

(in years)

 

Weighted

 Average

Exercise

Price

$0.01

 

200,000

.

 

0.62

 

 

0.01

 

 

200,000

 

 

0.62

 

 

0.01

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$0.44

 

50,000

 

 

1.95

 

 

0.44

 

 

50,000

 

 

1.95

 

 

0.44

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$1.00

 

750,000

 

 

5.69

 

 

1.00

 

 

750,000

 

 

5.69

 

 

1.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$2.00

 

650,000

 

 

6.90

 

 

2.00

 

 

650,000

 

 

6.90

 

 

2.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$0.75

 

10,000

 

 

3.44

 

 

0.75

 

 

10,000

 

 

3.44

 

 

0.75

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$0.40

 

1,800,000

 

 

3.92

 

 

0.40

 

 

1,800,000

 

 

3.92

 

 

0.40

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$0.40

 

250,000

 

 

4.25

 

 

0.40

 

 

250,000

 

 

4.25

 

 

0.40

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$0.13

 

262,500

 

 

4.50

 

 

0.13

 

 

262,500

 

 

4.50

 

 

0.13

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$0.13

 

262,500

 

 

4.50

 

 

0.13

 

 

262,500

 

 

4.50

 

 

0.13

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$0.13

 

262,500

 

 

4.50

 

 

0.13

 

 

262,500

 

 

4.75

 

 

0.13

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$0.25

 

150,000

 

 

4.62

 

 

0.25

 

 

150,000

 

 

4.62

 

 

0.25

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$0.14

 

262,500

 

 

4.75

 

 

0.14

 

 

262,500

 

 

4.75

 

 

0.14

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$0.13

 

262,500

 

 

5.00

 

 

0.13

 

 

262,500

 

 

5.00

 

 

0.13

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$0.01 - 2.00

 

5,172,500

 

 

4.22

 

$

0.60

 

 

5,172,500

 

 

3.49

 

$

0.60


As of September 30, 2015, there were 2,327,500 shares of stock options remaining available for issuance under the 2010 Plan.


Warrants


January 2014 and March 2014 Issuances


On January 13, 2014 and March 28, 2014, the Company issued warrants to purchase 1,171,905 shares, in aggregate, consisting of warrants to purchase (i) 793,333 shares with an exercise price of $0.40 per share; (ii) 228,572 shares with an exercise price of $0.45 per share; and (iii) 150,000 shares with an exercise price of $0.65 per share expiring five (5) years from the date of issuance to the investors as part of the sale of equity units.



F-63






The Company estimated the relative fair value of the warrants on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following weighted-average assumptions:


 

January 13, 2014

 

March 28, 2014

 

Expected life (year)

 

5

 

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Expected volatility (*)

 

58.28

%

 

56.29

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Expected annual rate of quarterly dividends

 

0.00

%

 

0.00

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Risk-free rate(s)

 

1.60

%

 

1.73

%


*

As a newly formed entity it is not practicable for the Company to estimate the expected volatility of its share price. The Company selected five (5) comparable public companies listed on NYSE MKT and NASDAQ Capital Market within nutritional supplements industry which the Company engages in to calculate the expected volatility. The Company calculated those five (5) comparable companies’ historical volatility over the expected life of the options or warrants and averaged them as its expected volatility.


The estimated relative fair value of the warrants was $55,097, $24,480, and $19,170, respectively, or $98,747, in aggregate, at the date of issuance using the Black-Scholes Option Pricing Model.


April 2014 Issuances


On April 4, 2014, the Company issued warrants to purchase 131,266 shares with an exercise price of $0.665 per share expiring five (5) years from the date of issuance in connection with the asset purchase agreement consummated on April 4, 2014.


The Company estimated the fair value of the warrants on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following weighted-average assumptions:


 

April 5, 2014

 

Expected life (year)

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

Expected volatility (*)

 

56.26

%

 

 

 

 

Expected annual rate of quarterly dividends

 

0.00

%

 

 

 

 

Risk-free rate(s)

 

1.74

%


*

As a newly formed entity it is not practicable for the Company to estimate the expected volatility of its share price. The Company selected five (5) comparable public companies listed on NYSE MKT and NASDAQ Capital Market within nutritional supplements industry which the Company engages in to calculate the expected volatility. The Company calculated those five (5) comparable companies’ historical volatility over the expected life of the options or warrants and averaged them as its expected volatility.


The estimated fair value of the warrants was $0.3282 per warrant share or $43,082, respectively, at the date of issuance using the Black-Scholes Option Pricing Model.


On April 30, 2014, the Company issued warrants to purchase 57,222 shares with an exercise price of $0.65 per share expiring five (5) years from the date of issuance to the investors as part of the sale of equity units.



F-64






The Company estimated the relative fair value of the warrants on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following weighted-average assumptions:


 

April 30, 2014

 

Expected life (year)

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

Expected volatility (*)

 

55.52

%

 

 

 

 

Expected annual rate of quarterly dividends

 

0.00

%

 

 

 

 

Risk-free rate(s)

 

1.69

%


*

As a newly formed entity it is not practicable for the Company to estimate the expected volatility of its share price. The Company selected five (5) comparable public companies listed on NYSE MKT and NASDAQ Capital Market within nutritional supplements industry which the Company engages in to calculate the expected volatility. The Company calculated those five (5) comparable companies’ historical volatility over the expected life of the options or warrants and averaged them as its expected volatility.


The estimated relative fair value of the warrants was $7,210 at the date of issuance using the Black-Scholes Option Pricing Model.


July 2014 Issuances


On July 22, 2014, the Company issued warrants to purchase 348,000 shares with an exercise price of $0.30 per share expiring five (5) years from the date of issuance as part of the sale of equity units.


The Company estimated the fair value of the warrants on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following weighted-average assumptions:


 

July 22, 2014

 

Expected life (year)

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

Expected volatility (*)

 

54.17

%

 

 

 

 

Expected annual rate of quarterly dividends

 

0.00

%

 

 

 

 

Risk-free rate(s)

 

1.68

%


*

As a newly formed entity it is not practicable for the Company to estimate the expected volatility of its share price. The Company selected five (5) comparable public companies listed on NYSE MKT and NASDAQ Capital Market within nutritional supplements industry which the Company engages in to calculate the expected volatility. The Company calculated those five (5) comparable companies’ historical volatility over the expected life of the options or warrants and averaged them as its expected volatility.


The estimated fair value of the warrants was $0.06 per warrant share or $20,053, respectively, at the date of issuance using the Black-Scholes Option Pricing Model.


February 2015 Issuances


Between January and March 2015, the Company issued warrants to purchase 12,354,290 shares with an exercise price of $0.15 per share expiring five (5) years from the date of issuance as part of the sale of equity units.


In February 2015, the Company issued warrants to purchase 2,874,144 shares with an exercise price of $0.15 per share expiring five (5) years from the date of issuance with loan conversion.



F-65






The Company estimated the fair value of the warrants on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following weighted-average assumptions:


 

February 26, 2015

 

Expected life (year)

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

Expected volatility (*)

 

52.31

%

 

 

 

 

Expected annual rate of quarterly dividends

 

0.00

%

 

 

 

 

Risk-free rate(s)

 

1.54

%


*

As a newly formed entity it is not practicable for the Company to estimate the expected volatility of its share price. The Company selected five (5) comparable public companies listed on NYSE MKT and NASDAQ Capital Market within nutritional supplements industry which the Company engages in to calculate the expected volatility. The Company calculated those five (5) comparable companies’ historical volatility over the expected life of the options or warrants and averaged them as its expected volatility.


The estimated fair value of the 12,354,290 warrants was $0.01 per warrant share or $155,482, respectively, at the date of issuance using the Black-Scholes Option Pricing Model.


The estimated fair value of the 2,874,144 warrants was $0.01 per warrant share or $52,000, respectively, at the date of issuance using the Black-Scholes Option Pricing Model.


April 9 2015 and April 18 Issuances

 

In April 2015, the Company issued warrants to purchase 428,572 shares with an exercise price of $0.15 per share expiring five (5) years from the date of issuance with loan conversion.

 

In April 2015, the Company issued warrants to purchase 500,000 shares with an exercise price of $0.25 per share expiring five (5) years from the date of issuance for consultant services.


The Company estimated the fair value of the warrants on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following weighted-average assumptions:


 

April 9, 2015

 

April 18, 2015

 

Expected life (year)

 

5

 

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Expected volatility (*)

 

51.75

%

 

51.69

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Expected annual rate of quarterly dividends

 

0.00

%

 

0.00

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Risk-free rate(s)

 

1.40

%

 

1.33

%


*

As a newly formed entity it is not practicable for the Company to estimate the expected volatility of its share price. The Company selected five (5) comparable public companies listed on NYSE MKT and NASDAQ Capital Market within nutritional supplements industry which the Company engages in to calculate the expected volatility. The Company calculated those five (5) comparable companies’ historical volatility over the expected life of the options or warrants and averaged them as its expected volatility.


The estimated fair value of the warrants was $0.057 and $0.047 per warrant share or $28,800 and $23,600, respectively, at the date of issuance using the Black-Scholes Option Pricing Model.


April 2015 and July 19 Issuances

 

In April and June 2015, the Company issued warrants to purchase 4,954,665 shares with an exercise price of $0.25 per share expiring five (5) years from the date of issuance as part of the sale of equity units.



F-66





 

The Company estimated the fair value of the warrants on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following weighted-average assumptions:

 

 

April 13, 2015

 

June 19, 2015

 

Expected life (year)

 

5

 

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Expected volatility (*)

 

51.74

%

 

51.24

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Expected annual rate of quarterly dividends

 

0.00

%

 

0.00

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Risk-free rate(s)

 

1.38

%

 

1.59

%

 

*

As a newly formed entity it is not practicable for the Company to estimate the expected volatility of its share price. The Company selected five (5) comparable public companies listed on NYSE MKT and NASDAQ Capital Market within nutritional supplements industry which the Company engages in to calculate the expected volatility. The Company calculated those five (5) comparable companies’ historical volatility over the expected life of the options or warrants and averaged them as its expected volatility.

 

The estimated fair value of the warrants was $0.03 and $0.01 per warrant share or $93,834 and $17,347, respectively, at the date of issuance using the Black-Scholes Option Pricing Model.

 

August 18 2015 and September 10 Issuances


In August 2015, the Company issued warrants to purchase 966,666 shares with an exercise price of $0.25 per share expiring five (5) years from the date of issuance as part of the sale of equity units.

 

In September 2015, the Company issued warrants to purchase 555,555 shares with an exercise price of $0.15 per share expiring five (5) years from the date of issuance as part of the sale of equity units.


The Company estimated the fair value of the warrants on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following weighted-average assumptions:

 

 

August 18, 2015

 

September 10, 2015

 

Expected life (year)

 

5

 

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Expected volatility (*)

 

145.49

%

 

147.59

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Expected annual rate of quarterly dividends

 

0.00

%

 

0.00

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Risk-free rate(s)

 

1.60

%

 

1.55

%

 

The estimated fair value of the warrants was $0.03 and $0.04 per warrant share or $32,770 and $23,350, respectively, at the date of issuance using the Black-Scholes Option Pricing Model.



F-67






Summary of the Company’s Warrants Activities


The table below summarizes the Company’s warrants activities:


 

Number 

of

Warrant

Shares

 

Exercise 

Price

Range

Per Share

 

Weighted

Average

Exercise

Price

 

Fair Value

at Date

of Issuance

 

Aggregate

Intrinsic Value

Balance, September 30, 2013

14,396,293

 

$

0.01-2.31

 

$

0.42

 

$

1,289,152

 

$

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Granted

1,708,393

 

 

0.40-0.665

 

 

0.44

 

 

180,719

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Canceled

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercised

(1,500,000)

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Expired

-

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, September 30, 2014

14,554,686

 

$

0.01-2.31

 

$

0.46

 

$

1,469,871

 

$

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Granted

22,616,892

 

 

0.15-0.25

 

 

0.15-0.25

 

 

427,183

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Canceled

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercised

(800,000)

 

 

0.01

 

 

0.01

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Expired

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, September 30, 2015

36,371,578

 

$

0.01 - 2.31

 

$

0.32

 

$

1,840,934

 

$

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earned and exercisable, September 30, 2015

36,371,578

 

$

0.01 - 2.31

 

$

0.32

 

$

1,840,934

 

$

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unvested, September 30, 2015

-

 

$

-

 

$

-

 

$

-

 

$

-


The following table summarizes information concerning outstanding and exercisable warrants as of September 30, 2015:


 

 

Warrants Outstanding

 

Warrants Exercisable

Range of Exercise Prices

 

Number

Outstanding

 

Average

Remaining

Contractual

Life

(in years)

 

Weighted

Average

Exercise

Price

 

Number

Exercisable

 

Average

Remaining

Contractual

Life

(in years)

 

Weighted

 Average

 Exercise

 Price

$0.01 – 2.31

 

 

36,371,578

 

 

3.67

 

$

0.30

 

 

36,371,578

 

 

3.67

 

$

0.30


Note 15 – Deferred Tax Assets and Income Tax Provision


Deferred Tax Assets


At September 30, 2015, the Company had net operating loss (“NOL”) carry–forwards for Federal income tax purposes of $9,826,871 that may be offset against future taxable income through 2035. No tax benefit has been reported with respect to these net operating loss carry-forwards because the Company believes that the realization of the Company’s net deferred tax assets of approximately $3,341,136 was not considered more likely than not and accordingly, the potential tax benefits of the net loss carry-forwards are offset by a full valuation allowance.


Deferred tax assets consist primarily of the tax effect of NOL carry-forwards. The Company has provided a full valuation allowance on the deferred tax assets because of the uncertainty regarding the probability of its realization. The valuation allowance increased approximately $1,381,152 and $1,002,394 for the reporting period ended September 30, 2015 and 2013, respectively.



F-68






Components of deferred tax assets in the consolidated balance sheets are as follows:


 

September 30,

2015

 

September 30,

2014

Net deferred tax assets – non-current:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Expected income tax benefit from NOL carry-forwards

$

3,341,136

 

$

1,959,984

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less valuation allowance

 

(3,341,136)

 

 

(1,959,984)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred tax assets, net of valuation allowance

$

-

 

$

-


Income Tax Provision in the Consolidated Statements of Operations


A reconciliation of the federal statutory income tax rate and the effective income tax rate as a percentage of income before income tax provision is as follows:


 

For the reporting period ended September 30, 2014

 

For the reporting period ended September 30, 2013

 

Federal statutory income tax rate

 

34.0

%

 

34.0

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change in valuation allowance on net operating loss carry-forwards

 

(34.0)

 

 

(34.0)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Effective income tax rate

 

0.0

%

 

0.0

%


Tax years that remain subject to examination by major tax jurisdictions


The Company's corporation income tax returns are subject to audit under the statute of limitations by the Internal Revenue Service and the States of Florida and Illinois for a period of three (3) years from the date they are filed. The table below summarizes the reporting periods for which the Company's corporation income tax returns remain subject to audit under the statute of limitations by the Internal Revenue Service:


Reporting Period Ending Date

 

Date Tax Return Filed

 

Remaining Subject to Audit (Y/N)

September 30, 2012

 

 

09/06/2013

 

 

Y

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

September 30, 2013

 

 

09/15/2014

 

 

Y

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

September 30, 2014

 

 

09/15/2015

 

 

Y


Note 16 - Concentration of Credit Risk


Credit Risk Arising from Financial Instruments


Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to significant concentration of credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents.


As of September 30, 2015 and 2014, substantially all of the Company’s cash and cash equivalents were held by major financial institutions and the balance at certain accounts may exceed the maximum amount insured by the Federal Deposits Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”). However, the Company has not experienced losses on these accounts and management believes that the Company is not exposed to significant risks on such accounts.



F-69






Note 17 – Segment Reporting


Reportable segments are components of an enterprise about which separate financial information is available and that is evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision maker in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance. The Company's reportable segments are based on products and services, geography, legal structure, management structure, or any other manner in which management disaggregates a company.


The Company operates in following business segments:


(i)

Medical Devices: which it stems from PSI, its wholly-owned subsidiary it acquired on August 24, 2012, a developer, manufacturer, marketer and distributer of targeted Ultra Violet ("UV") phototherapy devices for the treatment of skin diseases.


(ii)

Management of Client Services: which it stems from NPC, its wholly-owned subsidiary it acquired on February 28, 2014. NPC engages in management of top-tier medical practices in the interventional and multi-modal pain management sector.


(iii)

Authentication and Encryption Products and Services: which it stems from StealthCo, its wholly-owned subsidiary formed on March 18, 2014. StealthCo engages in the business of selling, licensing or otherwise providing certain authentication and encryption products and services upon acquisition of certain assets from SMI.


The Company measures the segment profit or loss and segment assets for each reportable segment as follows:


a.

The basis of accounting for any transactions between reportable segments: The Company allows reportable segments to freely negotiate the terms and conditions of and carries out, on an arm's-length basis, any transactions between reportable segments;


b.

The nature of any differences between the measurements of the reportable segments' profits or losses and the public entity's consolidated income before income taxes, extraordinary items, and discontinued operations: There were no difference between the measurements of the reportable segments' profits or losses and the public entity's consolidated income (loss) as the Company does not allocate centrally incurred costs at the corporate headquarter;


c.

The nature of any differences between the measurements of the reportable segments’ assets and the public entity's consolidated assets: There were no difference between the measurements of the reportable segments’ assets and the public entity's consolidated assets as the Company does not have any jointly used assets;


d.

The nature of any changes from prior periods in the measurement methods used to determine reported segment profit or loss and the effect, if any, of those changes on the measure of segment profit or loss: There were no change from prior periods in the measurement methods used to determine reported segment profit or loss;


e.

The nature and effect of any asymmetrical allocations to reportable segments: There were no asymmetrical allocations to reportable segments as the Company does not allocate depreciation expense to a reportable segment without allocating the related depreciable assets to that reportable segment.



F-70





The detailed segment information of the Company is as follows:


Wellness Center USA, Inc.

Assets By Segments

 

 

 

 

 

September 30, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

Corporate

 

 Medical Devices

 

 Mgmt of Medical Practice

 


Authorication and Encryption

 

Total

 ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 Current Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 Cash

 

20,218

 

4,597

 

5,951

 

3,461

 

34,227

 

 Note  receivable- PDC JV

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

 Accounts receivable

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

 Inventories

 

-

 

200,783

 

-

 

12,718

 

213,501

 

 Current maturity of note receivable - Chairman and CEO

 

36,299

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

36,299

 

 Prepayments and other current assets

 

26,563

 

-

 

-

 

8

 

26,571

 

 

 Total current assets

 

83,080

 

205,380

 

5,951

 

16,187

 

310,598

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 Property and Equipment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 Property and equipment

 

18,390

 

121,608

 

-

 

4,696

 

144,694

 

 Accumulated depreciation

 

(9,839)

 

(103,646)

 

-

 

(1,585)

 

(115,070)

 

 

 Property and equipment, net

 

8,551

 

17,962

 

-

 

3,111

 

29,624

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 Patents and Exclusive Licenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 Patents and exclusive licenses and patents

 

-

 

5,000

 

-

 

356,290

 

361,290

 

 Accumulated amortization

 

-

 

(1,191)

 

-

 

(53,656)

 

(54,847)

 

 

 Patents and exclusive licenses, net

 

-

 

3,809

 

-

 

302,634

 

306,443

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 Acquired Technologies

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 Acquired technologies

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

 Acquired technologies - PSI

 

-

 

2,095,000

 

-

 

-

 

2,095,000

 

 Accumulated amortization - PSI

 

-

 

(322,973)

 

-

 

-

 

(322,973)

 

 Accumulated impairment - PSI

 

-

 

(1,749,027)

 

-

 

-

 

(1,749,027)

 

 

 Acquired technologies, net

 

-

 

23,000

 

-

 

-

 

23,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 Non-Compete Agreements

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 Non-compete Agreement - PSI

 

-

 

120,000

 

-

 

-

 

120,000

 

 Accumulated amortization - PSI

 

-

 

(92,500)

 

-

 

-

 

(92,500)

 

 Accumulated impairment - PSI

 

-

 

(27,500)

 

-

 

-

 

(27,500)

 

 

 Non-compete agreements, net

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 Trademarks

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 Trademarks

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

630,000

 

 Trade Mark:TM - PL

 

-

 

420,000

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

 Trade Mark:TM - PS

 

-

 

210,000

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

 Accumulated amortization

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

(277,500)

 

 Accumulated amortization - PL

 

-

 

(177,500)

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

 Accumulated amortization - PS

 

-

 

(100,000)

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

 Accumulated impairment

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

-

 

(325,600)

 

 Accumulated impairment - PL

 

-

 

(219,600)

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

 Accumulated impairment - PS

 

-

 

(106,000)

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

 

 Trademarks, net

 

-

 

26,900

 

-

 

-

 

26,900

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 Website Development Costs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 Website development costs

 

22,809

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

22,809

 

 Accumulated amortization

 

(22,809)

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

(22,809)

 

 

 Website development costs, net

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 Goodwill

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 Goodwill

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

2,916,603

 

 Goodwill - NPC

 

-

 

-

 

1,200,000

 

-

 

-

 

 Goodwill - PSI

 

-

 

1,716,603

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

 Accumulated impairment

 

-

 

(1,661,287)

 

-

 

-

 

(2,861,287)

 

 Accumulated impairment - NPC

 

-

 

-

 

(1,200,000)

 

-

 

-

 

 

 Goodwill, net

 

-

 

55,316

 

-

 

-

 

55,316

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 Other assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 Note receivable - Chairman and CEO, net of current maturity

 

160,729

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

160,729

 

 Security deposits

 

-

 

1,760

 

-

 

-

 

1,760

 

 

 Total other assets

 

160,729

 

1,760

 

-

 

-

 

162,489

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 Total assets

 

252,360

 

334,127

 

5,951

 

321,932

 

914,370



F-71






Wellness Center USA, Inc.

 Operations by Segments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For the Year Ended

 

 

 

 

Ended

 

 

 

 

September 30, 2015

 

 

 

 

Corporate

 

 Medical Devices

 

 Mgmt of Medical Practice

 

 Authorication and Encryption

 

Total

 Revenue

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 Consulting services

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

35,000

 

35,000

 

 Management services - related party

 

-

 

-

 

337,368

 

-

 

337,368

 

 Sales

 

1,358

 

-

 

-

 

59,385

 

60,743

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 Total revenue

 

1,358

 

-

 

337,368

 

94,385

 

433,111

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 Cost of goods sold

 

1,644

 

-

 

-

 

120,155

 

121,799

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 Gross margin

 

(286)

 

-

 

337,368

 

(25,770)

 

311,312

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 Operating expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 Consulting fees

 

352,061

 

66,558

 

-

 

-

 

418,619

 

 Professional fees

 

354,560

 

63,589

 

60,756

 

-

 

478,905

 

 Rent expense - related party

 

25,677

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

25,677

 

 Rent expense

 

-

 

25,680

 

21,700

 

25,600

 

72,980

 

 Research and development

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

 Salaries - officers

 

231,007

 

-

 

206,640

 

147,800

 

585,447

 

 Salaries - others

 

-

 

-

 

91,259

 

-

 

91,259

 

 Selling expenses

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

 Depreciation and amortization

 

161,357

 

225,002

 

-

 

43,495

 

429,854

 

 Impairment of intangible assets and goodwill

 

-

 

3,763,414

 

1,200,000

 

-

 

4,963,414

 

 General and administrative expenses

 

81,918

 

115,098

 

34,661

 

84,493

 

316,170

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 Total operating expenses

 

1,206,580

 

4,259,341

 

1,615,016

 

301,388

 

7,382,325

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 Loss from continuing operations

 

(1,206,866)

 

(4,259,341)

 

(1,277,648)

 

(327,158)

 

(7,071,013)


Note 18 – Subsequent Events


The Company has evaluated all events that occurred after the balance sheet date through the date when the financial statements were issued to determine if they must be reported. The Management of the Company determined that there were certain reportable subsequent event(s) to be disclosed as followed:


On October 2, 2015, the Company entered into a Consulting agreement (the "Consulting Agreement") with a consulting firm (the "Consultant”). Under the terms and conditions of the Consulting Agreement, the Consultant agreed to create awareness for the Company in the market for a period of 60 days from the date of signing. As consideration for services, the Company would grant 300,000 restricted shares of its common stock.


On December 22, 2015, cancelled the advisory agreement dated May 21, 2015with Delaney Equity Group Inc. for a final payment of $3,000 in advisor fees and 100,000 shares of its common stock instead of the 200,000 shares in section 5.a.v of the agreement.


For the quarter period ended December 31, 2015 , the Company raised $409,000 from the issuance of (i) 4,200,001 common shares of the Company; (ii) warrants to purchase 5,750,001 common shares with an exercise price of $0.15 per share, expiring five (5) years from the date of issuance, at $0.09 and $0.10 per unit or a net proceeds of $409,000.


In January 2016 , the Company raised $130,200 from the issuance of (i) 968,667 common shares of the Company; (ii) warrants to purchase 1,119,667 common shares with an exercise price of $0.10 and $0.15 per share, expiring five (5) years from the date of issuance.




F-72